Electronic Filing and Electronic Filing and CalculatingCalculating

History of CalculatorsHistory of Calculators

In Ancient Times the abacus was the main aid to calculationndash Instrument used beads that slid

along a series of wires or rods set in a frame to represent the decimal places

ndash Probably of Babylonian origin ndash Used by merchants in the Middle

Ages throughout Europe and the Arabic world it was gradually replaced by arithmetic based on Hindu-Arabic numerals

1820--The Arithmometer invented by Charles Xavier Thomas de Colbrar was introduced Fifteen hundred models were sold over the next thirty years chiefly to banks insurance companies and other businesses

1885--Dorr Felt devised the Comptometer a key-driven adding and subtracting calculator

1889--Felts Comptograph containing a built-in printer was introduced

Curta CalculatorCurta Calculator

1948--Curta miniature hand-held mechanical calculator was introduced

First ElectronicFirst ElectronicDesktop CalculatorDesktop Calculator

1960--First electronic desktop calculator - Bell PunchSumlock Anita Mk VII - based on cold-cathode vacuum tubes

Orange discharge tube displays numbers used

1975--Price of basic pocket calculators very low many companies left the market due to lack of profits

1977--Solar powered calculators were introduced

1978--Credit card sized calculators were introduced

Learning Task 1Learning Task 1

Introduction

Using the CalculatorUsing the Calculator

Your goal is to use the correct finger to tap a key without looking at the

keypad

Tap vs StrikeTap vs Strike

Tap is used to indicate when the touch method can be used effectively to operate a key

Strike is used to indicate keys and functions whose locations on the calculator do not easily lend themselves to the touch method

Calculator CodesCalculator Codes

The textbook will use the acronym ldquoDTCrdquo to indicate desktop calculator

FeaturesFeatures

Keys amp SymbolsKeys amp Symbols

[uarr] Paper Feed Key [rarr] Last Digit

Correction Key [GT] Grand Total Key [CE] Clear Entry Key [] Total Key [+=] Plus Equal Key [- =] Minus Equal Key

[] Non Add Key [loz] Subtotal Key [M+] Memory Add

Key [M-] Memory Subtract

Key [lozM] Memory

Subtotal Recall Key [M] Memory Total

Recall Key

Calculator FunctionsCalculator Functions

OffOn switchmdashLocator at dot when I in On position (print function not on)

PmdashPrint function PmiddotIC-Print Item Count

function GTmdashGrand Total

function KmdashConstant function

AmdashAdd Mode Function

54mdashRounding functionndash uarr answer is rounded upndash darr answer is rounded

down FmdashFloating decimal 6 3 2 1 0mdashDecimal

selector

Calculator TapesCalculator Tapes

Calculators equipped with tape and a display have a Print Selector ndash When activated a tape will print as you perform

calculationsndash When not activated calculations will appear in

the display onlyndash This is designated by the ldquoPrdquo on the top row If

you want to display only put selector on the dot

Decimal SelectorDecimal Selector

This gives you the option to choose the number of decimal places needed to calculate a problem

Different types includendash [A] or add mode is used when calculating problems

with two decimal placesndash [F] key (floating decimal) used when calculating

figures that donrsquot have the same decimal placesndash 0 1 2 3 6 are fixed decimals used when the entry has

the same number of decimal places

Clear KeyClear Key

Clear key (CE) clears data from the calculatorndash Clears only the last entryndash Clears only numbers that have not been entered

Always clear the calculator before entering a new problem by pushing total button [] twice

Learning Task 2Learning Task 2

Addition

Addition is the process of combining addends

(numbers to be added) to find a sum (total)

Plus KeyPlus Key

Plus Key is used to enter addends

Look for the [+=] key

Minus KeyMinus Key

Use the Minus Key to remove addends for incorrect entries

Look for the [- =] key

Total KeyTotal Key

Use the Total Key to print or display the answer to a problem

Look for the Total [] key

Touch MethodTouch Method10-key touch method means tapping the 0

through 9 keys on the 10-key pad without looking at the keypad

Curve the index middle and third fingers and place them over the home row (456 keys)

Keep the fingers located over the home row and extend out to tap numbers using the correct finger

Practice moving your fingers to the keys above and below the home row

Finger PositionFinger Position

If you are right-handed use the index finger for 7 4 1 Use the middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use the ring finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use the little finger for the [+] and [-] keys Use your thumb for 0

If you are left-handed use the index finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use ring finger for 7 4 1 Use little finger for 0 Use your thumb for the [+] and [-] keys

See page 6 for finger position

Practice Finger PositionPractice Finger Position Clear the calculator by pressing [CE] and [] Set decimal selector to 0 Position the book at an angle so you can keep your

eyes on the problems while operating the key pad by touch

Curve your fingers and place them over the home row keys

Enter the digits from left to rightndash Enter 4 5 6 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 5 6 4 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 6 4 5 and tap the [+] key

Tap the total key [] to calculate the sum (1665)

Correcting ErrorsCorrecting Errors

Accuracy is extremely important Be aware when you have entered the wrong digits

Correcting errors before tapping the plus keymdashstrike the [CE] key once

The [rarr] is the last digit correction key Correcting errors after tapping the plus keymdashtap

the [-] key immediately before entering the next addend This will subtract the incorrect number from the total

Verifying and RecordingVerifying and RecordingYour AnswersYour Answers

Always check calculations for accuracy Record answer in space provided at end of each problemndash Printing mode Verify the calculations with the tape

entriesndash Display mode Repeat the problem in reverse addition

(add the numbers from bottom to top) If your answer is correct place a small checkmark

next to the first answer and record it on the answer sheet If your second answer is different write it next to first answer and calculate again Draw line through incorrect answers and record correct answer on the answer sheet

Problems 1-20Problems 1-20

Use the touch method to calculate problems 1 6 11 and 16 on p 9 two times (First time use tape second time use display and add from bottom up)

Remember to keep your eyes on the problems Develop the habit of using the total symbol on the

tape before beginning a problem See if you can increase your speed by keying in

the problem two times (Key the problem without the tape on first and then turn on the tape feature)

Complete rest of problems on p 9 on own

Special FeaturesSpecial Features

Repeating EntriesRepeating Entries

Allows a number to be entered only once It repeated by simply tapping the [+] key as many times as neededndash Enter 314 and tap the [+] key twicendash Enter 555 and tap the [+] key three timesndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 2293

Complete problems 21 and 22 (p 11) in class Complete problems 23-25 on own

Item CountItem Count

Counts the number of times [+] and [ndash] are tapped as a problem is calculated ndash Counts the number of times [+] is tapped and

subtracts 1 each time [ndash] is tappedndash Count is reset to zero when pressing the total

key []Set the selector on the [PIC] key to turned

on feature Calculate 45 [+] 56 [+] 21 [+] [] Note item count in left margin (It should be 3)

More Item Count PracticeMore Item Count Practice

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate the item count feature [PmiddotIC] Calculate 813 [+] 10 [+] 297 [+] 45 [+] [=] Did you get 1165 Look for the number 4 indicating the number of

entries in the problem Calculate problems 26 and 27 (p 11) in class

Grand Total FeatureGrand Total Feature

The grand total feature allows you to accumulate the answers to more than one problem

Set selector on P-IC GT and 0 decimal features

After you key your numbers tap the [GT] key on the left-hand side of the calculator

Use this feature when calculating multiple addition and subtract problems

Practice Grand TotalPractice Grand Total Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate grand total feature [GT] selector Calculate 34 [+] 189 [+] amp [] then continue

with next problem 735 [+] 206 [+] amp [] continue on to next problem 290 [+] 54 [+] amp []

Did you get 223 941 and 344 Obtain the grand total by tapping the [GT] key on

left-hand side Did you get 1508

Solving ProblemsSolving Problems

Calculate problems 28 and 29 (p 11) by putting the grand total amounts in d Do together in class

When solving problems 36-53 (Do on own)ndash When calculating problems 36-40 concentrate on

improving technique as you key No GT for thesendash Problems 41-46 you add the rows across and put the

grand total in 47ndash Problems 48-52 you add the columns down and put the

grand total in 53 ndash 47 amp 53 should be the same number

Learning Task 3Learning Task 3

Decimals

Decimal Place ValuesDecimal Place ValuesNumbers to the left of the decimal are whole

numbers Each place is ten times greater than the place to its right For number 36921983

3692(3 thousands 6 hundreds 9 tens 2 ones)

Digits to the right of the decimal indicate a part of the whole or a fraction of the whole Each place is ten times greater than the place to its left

1983(1 tenths 9 hundredths 8 thousandths 3 ten

thousandths)

Addition of DecimalsAddition of Decimals

Set the decimal selector to set the number of decimal places needed in your answer

Always determine the number of decimal places required before you begin your computations

Floating DecimalsFloating DecimalsThe floating position is used when answers

need to be carried out to the maximum places allowed by the calculator (F 0 1 2 3 6)

Mostly used when the entries have a different number of decimal places

Look for an [F] on the decimal selectorThe decimal position is not aligned on the

tape when the floating position is used

You must key in the decimal point

Practice Floating DecimalsPractice Floating Decimals Calculate problems 1 through 2

ndash Clear the calculatorndash Set Decimal Selector on F

Donrsquot forget to key in your decimal pointndash Enter 7987 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 465165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 132943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 104456 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 1501264

Calculate problems 3-8 on own (p 15)

Fixed DecimalsFixed Decimals

Use the fixed decimal position when the answer is to be carried out to a specific number of decimal places or when each entry has the same number of decimal places

Set the selector for the number of decimal places required

The decimal point is aligned on the tape when the fixed position is used

Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point

ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375

Calculate problems 11-16 on own

Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents

or when calculating problems with two decimal places

Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when

entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the

tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point

Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal

selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707

Calculate problems 19-24 on own

Learning Task 4Learning Task 4

Subtraction

SubtractionSubtraction

The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend

(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted

from the minuend)

Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own

Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals

ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places

ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals

ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)

ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class

Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a

small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)

When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer

Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red

Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in

parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own

Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature

The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations

The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry

For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places

Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class

Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature

Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number

Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape

Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add

Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class

Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all

answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered

The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key

When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key

Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762

ContCont

Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and

subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]

Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses

ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems

ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease

Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use

before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)

History of CalculatorsHistory of Calculators

In Ancient Times the abacus was the main aid to calculationndash Instrument used beads that slid

along a series of wires or rods set in a frame to represent the decimal places

ndash Probably of Babylonian origin ndash Used by merchants in the Middle

Ages throughout Europe and the Arabic world it was gradually replaced by arithmetic based on Hindu-Arabic numerals

1820--The Arithmometer invented by Charles Xavier Thomas de Colbrar was introduced Fifteen hundred models were sold over the next thirty years chiefly to banks insurance companies and other businesses

1885--Dorr Felt devised the Comptometer a key-driven adding and subtracting calculator

1889--Felts Comptograph containing a built-in printer was introduced

Curta CalculatorCurta Calculator

1948--Curta miniature hand-held mechanical calculator was introduced

First ElectronicFirst ElectronicDesktop CalculatorDesktop Calculator

1960--First electronic desktop calculator - Bell PunchSumlock Anita Mk VII - based on cold-cathode vacuum tubes

Orange discharge tube displays numbers used

1975--Price of basic pocket calculators very low many companies left the market due to lack of profits

1977--Solar powered calculators were introduced

1978--Credit card sized calculators were introduced

Learning Task 1Learning Task 1

Introduction

Using the CalculatorUsing the Calculator

Your goal is to use the correct finger to tap a key without looking at the

keypad

Tap vs StrikeTap vs Strike

Tap is used to indicate when the touch method can be used effectively to operate a key

Strike is used to indicate keys and functions whose locations on the calculator do not easily lend themselves to the touch method

Calculator CodesCalculator Codes

The textbook will use the acronym ldquoDTCrdquo to indicate desktop calculator

FeaturesFeatures

Keys amp SymbolsKeys amp Symbols

[uarr] Paper Feed Key [rarr] Last Digit

Correction Key [GT] Grand Total Key [CE] Clear Entry Key [] Total Key [+=] Plus Equal Key [- =] Minus Equal Key

[] Non Add Key [loz] Subtotal Key [M+] Memory Add

Key [M-] Memory Subtract

Key [lozM] Memory

Subtotal Recall Key [M] Memory Total

Recall Key

Calculator FunctionsCalculator Functions

OffOn switchmdashLocator at dot when I in On position (print function not on)

PmdashPrint function PmiddotIC-Print Item Count

function GTmdashGrand Total

function KmdashConstant function

AmdashAdd Mode Function

54mdashRounding functionndash uarr answer is rounded upndash darr answer is rounded

down FmdashFloating decimal 6 3 2 1 0mdashDecimal

selector

Calculator TapesCalculator Tapes

Calculators equipped with tape and a display have a Print Selector ndash When activated a tape will print as you perform

calculationsndash When not activated calculations will appear in

the display onlyndash This is designated by the ldquoPrdquo on the top row If

you want to display only put selector on the dot

Decimal SelectorDecimal Selector

This gives you the option to choose the number of decimal places needed to calculate a problem

Different types includendash [A] or add mode is used when calculating problems

with two decimal placesndash [F] key (floating decimal) used when calculating

figures that donrsquot have the same decimal placesndash 0 1 2 3 6 are fixed decimals used when the entry has

the same number of decimal places

Clear KeyClear Key

Clear key (CE) clears data from the calculatorndash Clears only the last entryndash Clears only numbers that have not been entered

Always clear the calculator before entering a new problem by pushing total button [] twice

Learning Task 2Learning Task 2

Addition

Addition is the process of combining addends

(numbers to be added) to find a sum (total)

Plus KeyPlus Key

Plus Key is used to enter addends

Look for the [+=] key

Minus KeyMinus Key

Use the Minus Key to remove addends for incorrect entries

Look for the [- =] key

Total KeyTotal Key

Use the Total Key to print or display the answer to a problem

Look for the Total [] key

Touch MethodTouch Method10-key touch method means tapping the 0

through 9 keys on the 10-key pad without looking at the keypad

Curve the index middle and third fingers and place them over the home row (456 keys)

Keep the fingers located over the home row and extend out to tap numbers using the correct finger

Practice moving your fingers to the keys above and below the home row

Finger PositionFinger Position

If you are right-handed use the index finger for 7 4 1 Use the middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use the ring finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use the little finger for the [+] and [-] keys Use your thumb for 0

If you are left-handed use the index finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use ring finger for 7 4 1 Use little finger for 0 Use your thumb for the [+] and [-] keys

See page 6 for finger position

Practice Finger PositionPractice Finger Position Clear the calculator by pressing [CE] and [] Set decimal selector to 0 Position the book at an angle so you can keep your

eyes on the problems while operating the key pad by touch

Curve your fingers and place them over the home row keys

Enter the digits from left to rightndash Enter 4 5 6 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 5 6 4 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 6 4 5 and tap the [+] key

Tap the total key [] to calculate the sum (1665)

Correcting ErrorsCorrecting Errors

Accuracy is extremely important Be aware when you have entered the wrong digits

Correcting errors before tapping the plus keymdashstrike the [CE] key once

The [rarr] is the last digit correction key Correcting errors after tapping the plus keymdashtap

the [-] key immediately before entering the next addend This will subtract the incorrect number from the total

Verifying and RecordingVerifying and RecordingYour AnswersYour Answers

Always check calculations for accuracy Record answer in space provided at end of each problemndash Printing mode Verify the calculations with the tape

entriesndash Display mode Repeat the problem in reverse addition

(add the numbers from bottom to top) If your answer is correct place a small checkmark

next to the first answer and record it on the answer sheet If your second answer is different write it next to first answer and calculate again Draw line through incorrect answers and record correct answer on the answer sheet

Problems 1-20Problems 1-20

Use the touch method to calculate problems 1 6 11 and 16 on p 9 two times (First time use tape second time use display and add from bottom up)

Remember to keep your eyes on the problems Develop the habit of using the total symbol on the

tape before beginning a problem See if you can increase your speed by keying in

the problem two times (Key the problem without the tape on first and then turn on the tape feature)

Complete rest of problems on p 9 on own

Special FeaturesSpecial Features

Repeating EntriesRepeating Entries

Allows a number to be entered only once It repeated by simply tapping the [+] key as many times as neededndash Enter 314 and tap the [+] key twicendash Enter 555 and tap the [+] key three timesndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 2293

Complete problems 21 and 22 (p 11) in class Complete problems 23-25 on own

Item CountItem Count

Counts the number of times [+] and [ndash] are tapped as a problem is calculated ndash Counts the number of times [+] is tapped and

subtracts 1 each time [ndash] is tappedndash Count is reset to zero when pressing the total

key []Set the selector on the [PIC] key to turned

on feature Calculate 45 [+] 56 [+] 21 [+] [] Note item count in left margin (It should be 3)

More Item Count PracticeMore Item Count Practice

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate the item count feature [PmiddotIC] Calculate 813 [+] 10 [+] 297 [+] 45 [+] [=] Did you get 1165 Look for the number 4 indicating the number of

entries in the problem Calculate problems 26 and 27 (p 11) in class

Grand Total FeatureGrand Total Feature

The grand total feature allows you to accumulate the answers to more than one problem

Set selector on P-IC GT and 0 decimal features

After you key your numbers tap the [GT] key on the left-hand side of the calculator

Use this feature when calculating multiple addition and subtract problems

Practice Grand TotalPractice Grand Total Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate grand total feature [GT] selector Calculate 34 [+] 189 [+] amp [] then continue

with next problem 735 [+] 206 [+] amp [] continue on to next problem 290 [+] 54 [+] amp []

Did you get 223 941 and 344 Obtain the grand total by tapping the [GT] key on

left-hand side Did you get 1508

Solving ProblemsSolving Problems

Calculate problems 28 and 29 (p 11) by putting the grand total amounts in d Do together in class

When solving problems 36-53 (Do on own)ndash When calculating problems 36-40 concentrate on

improving technique as you key No GT for thesendash Problems 41-46 you add the rows across and put the

grand total in 47ndash Problems 48-52 you add the columns down and put the

grand total in 53 ndash 47 amp 53 should be the same number

Learning Task 3Learning Task 3

Decimals

Decimal Place ValuesDecimal Place ValuesNumbers to the left of the decimal are whole

numbers Each place is ten times greater than the place to its right For number 36921983

3692(3 thousands 6 hundreds 9 tens 2 ones)

Digits to the right of the decimal indicate a part of the whole or a fraction of the whole Each place is ten times greater than the place to its left

1983(1 tenths 9 hundredths 8 thousandths 3 ten

thousandths)

Addition of DecimalsAddition of Decimals

Set the decimal selector to set the number of decimal places needed in your answer

Always determine the number of decimal places required before you begin your computations

Floating DecimalsFloating DecimalsThe floating position is used when answers

need to be carried out to the maximum places allowed by the calculator (F 0 1 2 3 6)

Mostly used when the entries have a different number of decimal places

Look for an [F] on the decimal selectorThe decimal position is not aligned on the

tape when the floating position is used

You must key in the decimal point

Practice Floating DecimalsPractice Floating Decimals Calculate problems 1 through 2

ndash Clear the calculatorndash Set Decimal Selector on F

Donrsquot forget to key in your decimal pointndash Enter 7987 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 465165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 132943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 104456 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 1501264

Calculate problems 3-8 on own (p 15)

Fixed DecimalsFixed Decimals

Use the fixed decimal position when the answer is to be carried out to a specific number of decimal places or when each entry has the same number of decimal places

Set the selector for the number of decimal places required

The decimal point is aligned on the tape when the fixed position is used

Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point

ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375

Calculate problems 11-16 on own

Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents

or when calculating problems with two decimal places

Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when

entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the

tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point

Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal

selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707

Calculate problems 19-24 on own

Learning Task 4Learning Task 4

Subtraction

SubtractionSubtraction

The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend

(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted

from the minuend)

Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own

Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals

ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places

ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals

ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)

ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class

Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a

small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)

When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer

Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red

Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in

parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own

Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature

The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations

The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry

For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places

Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class

Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature

Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number

Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape

Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add

Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class

Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all

answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered

The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key

When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key

Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762

ContCont

Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and

subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]

Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses

ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems

ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease

Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use

before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)

1820--The Arithmometer invented by Charles Xavier Thomas de Colbrar was introduced Fifteen hundred models were sold over the next thirty years chiefly to banks insurance companies and other businesses

1885--Dorr Felt devised the Comptometer a key-driven adding and subtracting calculator

1889--Felts Comptograph containing a built-in printer was introduced

Curta CalculatorCurta Calculator

1948--Curta miniature hand-held mechanical calculator was introduced

First ElectronicFirst ElectronicDesktop CalculatorDesktop Calculator

1960--First electronic desktop calculator - Bell PunchSumlock Anita Mk VII - based on cold-cathode vacuum tubes

Orange discharge tube displays numbers used

1975--Price of basic pocket calculators very low many companies left the market due to lack of profits

1977--Solar powered calculators were introduced

1978--Credit card sized calculators were introduced

Learning Task 1Learning Task 1

Introduction

Using the CalculatorUsing the Calculator

Your goal is to use the correct finger to tap a key without looking at the

keypad

Tap vs StrikeTap vs Strike

Tap is used to indicate when the touch method can be used effectively to operate a key

Strike is used to indicate keys and functions whose locations on the calculator do not easily lend themselves to the touch method

Calculator CodesCalculator Codes

The textbook will use the acronym ldquoDTCrdquo to indicate desktop calculator

FeaturesFeatures

Keys amp SymbolsKeys amp Symbols

[uarr] Paper Feed Key [rarr] Last Digit

Correction Key [GT] Grand Total Key [CE] Clear Entry Key [] Total Key [+=] Plus Equal Key [- =] Minus Equal Key

[] Non Add Key [loz] Subtotal Key [M+] Memory Add

Key [M-] Memory Subtract

Key [lozM] Memory

Subtotal Recall Key [M] Memory Total

Recall Key

Calculator FunctionsCalculator Functions

OffOn switchmdashLocator at dot when I in On position (print function not on)

PmdashPrint function PmiddotIC-Print Item Count

function GTmdashGrand Total

function KmdashConstant function

AmdashAdd Mode Function

54mdashRounding functionndash uarr answer is rounded upndash darr answer is rounded

down FmdashFloating decimal 6 3 2 1 0mdashDecimal

selector

Calculator TapesCalculator Tapes

Calculators equipped with tape and a display have a Print Selector ndash When activated a tape will print as you perform

calculationsndash When not activated calculations will appear in

the display onlyndash This is designated by the ldquoPrdquo on the top row If

you want to display only put selector on the dot

Decimal SelectorDecimal Selector

This gives you the option to choose the number of decimal places needed to calculate a problem

Different types includendash [A] or add mode is used when calculating problems

with two decimal placesndash [F] key (floating decimal) used when calculating

figures that donrsquot have the same decimal placesndash 0 1 2 3 6 are fixed decimals used when the entry has

the same number of decimal places

Clear KeyClear Key

Clear key (CE) clears data from the calculatorndash Clears only the last entryndash Clears only numbers that have not been entered

Always clear the calculator before entering a new problem by pushing total button [] twice

Learning Task 2Learning Task 2

Addition

Addition is the process of combining addends

(numbers to be added) to find a sum (total)

Plus KeyPlus Key

Plus Key is used to enter addends

Look for the [+=] key

Minus KeyMinus Key

Use the Minus Key to remove addends for incorrect entries

Look for the [- =] key

Total KeyTotal Key

Use the Total Key to print or display the answer to a problem

Look for the Total [] key

Touch MethodTouch Method10-key touch method means tapping the 0

through 9 keys on the 10-key pad without looking at the keypad

Curve the index middle and third fingers and place them over the home row (456 keys)

Keep the fingers located over the home row and extend out to tap numbers using the correct finger

Practice moving your fingers to the keys above and below the home row

Finger PositionFinger Position

If you are right-handed use the index finger for 7 4 1 Use the middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use the ring finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use the little finger for the [+] and [-] keys Use your thumb for 0

If you are left-handed use the index finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use ring finger for 7 4 1 Use little finger for 0 Use your thumb for the [+] and [-] keys

See page 6 for finger position

Practice Finger PositionPractice Finger Position Clear the calculator by pressing [CE] and [] Set decimal selector to 0 Position the book at an angle so you can keep your

eyes on the problems while operating the key pad by touch

Curve your fingers and place them over the home row keys

Enter the digits from left to rightndash Enter 4 5 6 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 5 6 4 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 6 4 5 and tap the [+] key

Tap the total key [] to calculate the sum (1665)

Correcting ErrorsCorrecting Errors

Accuracy is extremely important Be aware when you have entered the wrong digits

Correcting errors before tapping the plus keymdashstrike the [CE] key once

The [rarr] is the last digit correction key Correcting errors after tapping the plus keymdashtap

the [-] key immediately before entering the next addend This will subtract the incorrect number from the total

Verifying and RecordingVerifying and RecordingYour AnswersYour Answers

Always check calculations for accuracy Record answer in space provided at end of each problemndash Printing mode Verify the calculations with the tape

entriesndash Display mode Repeat the problem in reverse addition

(add the numbers from bottom to top) If your answer is correct place a small checkmark

next to the first answer and record it on the answer sheet If your second answer is different write it next to first answer and calculate again Draw line through incorrect answers and record correct answer on the answer sheet

Problems 1-20Problems 1-20

Use the touch method to calculate problems 1 6 11 and 16 on p 9 two times (First time use tape second time use display and add from bottom up)

Remember to keep your eyes on the problems Develop the habit of using the total symbol on the

tape before beginning a problem See if you can increase your speed by keying in

the problem two times (Key the problem without the tape on first and then turn on the tape feature)

Complete rest of problems on p 9 on own

Special FeaturesSpecial Features

Repeating EntriesRepeating Entries

Allows a number to be entered only once It repeated by simply tapping the [+] key as many times as neededndash Enter 314 and tap the [+] key twicendash Enter 555 and tap the [+] key three timesndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 2293

Complete problems 21 and 22 (p 11) in class Complete problems 23-25 on own

Item CountItem Count

Counts the number of times [+] and [ndash] are tapped as a problem is calculated ndash Counts the number of times [+] is tapped and

subtracts 1 each time [ndash] is tappedndash Count is reset to zero when pressing the total

key []Set the selector on the [PIC] key to turned

on feature Calculate 45 [+] 56 [+] 21 [+] [] Note item count in left margin (It should be 3)

More Item Count PracticeMore Item Count Practice

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate the item count feature [PmiddotIC] Calculate 813 [+] 10 [+] 297 [+] 45 [+] [=] Did you get 1165 Look for the number 4 indicating the number of

entries in the problem Calculate problems 26 and 27 (p 11) in class

Grand Total FeatureGrand Total Feature

The grand total feature allows you to accumulate the answers to more than one problem

Set selector on P-IC GT and 0 decimal features

After you key your numbers tap the [GT] key on the left-hand side of the calculator

Use this feature when calculating multiple addition and subtract problems

Practice Grand TotalPractice Grand Total Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate grand total feature [GT] selector Calculate 34 [+] 189 [+] amp [] then continue

with next problem 735 [+] 206 [+] amp [] continue on to next problem 290 [+] 54 [+] amp []

Did you get 223 941 and 344 Obtain the grand total by tapping the [GT] key on

left-hand side Did you get 1508

Solving ProblemsSolving Problems

Calculate problems 28 and 29 (p 11) by putting the grand total amounts in d Do together in class

When solving problems 36-53 (Do on own)ndash When calculating problems 36-40 concentrate on

improving technique as you key No GT for thesendash Problems 41-46 you add the rows across and put the

grand total in 47ndash Problems 48-52 you add the columns down and put the

grand total in 53 ndash 47 amp 53 should be the same number

Learning Task 3Learning Task 3

Decimals

Decimal Place ValuesDecimal Place ValuesNumbers to the left of the decimal are whole

numbers Each place is ten times greater than the place to its right For number 36921983

3692(3 thousands 6 hundreds 9 tens 2 ones)

Digits to the right of the decimal indicate a part of the whole or a fraction of the whole Each place is ten times greater than the place to its left

1983(1 tenths 9 hundredths 8 thousandths 3 ten

thousandths)

Addition of DecimalsAddition of Decimals

Set the decimal selector to set the number of decimal places needed in your answer

Always determine the number of decimal places required before you begin your computations

Floating DecimalsFloating DecimalsThe floating position is used when answers

need to be carried out to the maximum places allowed by the calculator (F 0 1 2 3 6)

Mostly used when the entries have a different number of decimal places

Look for an [F] on the decimal selectorThe decimal position is not aligned on the

tape when the floating position is used

You must key in the decimal point

Practice Floating DecimalsPractice Floating Decimals Calculate problems 1 through 2

ndash Clear the calculatorndash Set Decimal Selector on F

Donrsquot forget to key in your decimal pointndash Enter 7987 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 465165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 132943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 104456 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 1501264

Calculate problems 3-8 on own (p 15)

Fixed DecimalsFixed Decimals

Use the fixed decimal position when the answer is to be carried out to a specific number of decimal places or when each entry has the same number of decimal places

Set the selector for the number of decimal places required

The decimal point is aligned on the tape when the fixed position is used

Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point

ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375

Calculate problems 11-16 on own

Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents

or when calculating problems with two decimal places

Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when

entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the

tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point

Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal

selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707

Calculate problems 19-24 on own

Learning Task 4Learning Task 4

Subtraction

SubtractionSubtraction

The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend

(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted

from the minuend)

Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own

Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals

ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places

ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals

ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)

ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class

Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a

small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)

When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer

Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red

Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in

parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own

Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature

The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations

The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry

For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places

Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class

Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature

Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number

Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape

Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add

Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class

Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all

answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered

The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key

When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key

Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762

ContCont

Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and

subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]

Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses

ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems

ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease

Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use

before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)

1885--Dorr Felt devised the Comptometer a key-driven adding and subtracting calculator

1889--Felts Comptograph containing a built-in printer was introduced

Curta CalculatorCurta Calculator

1948--Curta miniature hand-held mechanical calculator was introduced

First ElectronicFirst ElectronicDesktop CalculatorDesktop Calculator

1960--First electronic desktop calculator - Bell PunchSumlock Anita Mk VII - based on cold-cathode vacuum tubes

Orange discharge tube displays numbers used

1975--Price of basic pocket calculators very low many companies left the market due to lack of profits

1977--Solar powered calculators were introduced

1978--Credit card sized calculators were introduced

Learning Task 1Learning Task 1

Introduction

Using the CalculatorUsing the Calculator

Your goal is to use the correct finger to tap a key without looking at the

keypad

Tap vs StrikeTap vs Strike

Tap is used to indicate when the touch method can be used effectively to operate a key

Strike is used to indicate keys and functions whose locations on the calculator do not easily lend themselves to the touch method

Calculator CodesCalculator Codes

The textbook will use the acronym ldquoDTCrdquo to indicate desktop calculator

FeaturesFeatures

Keys amp SymbolsKeys amp Symbols

[uarr] Paper Feed Key [rarr] Last Digit

Correction Key [GT] Grand Total Key [CE] Clear Entry Key [] Total Key [+=] Plus Equal Key [- =] Minus Equal Key

[] Non Add Key [loz] Subtotal Key [M+] Memory Add

Key [M-] Memory Subtract

Key [lozM] Memory

Subtotal Recall Key [M] Memory Total

Recall Key

Calculator FunctionsCalculator Functions

OffOn switchmdashLocator at dot when I in On position (print function not on)

PmdashPrint function PmiddotIC-Print Item Count

function GTmdashGrand Total

function KmdashConstant function

AmdashAdd Mode Function

54mdashRounding functionndash uarr answer is rounded upndash darr answer is rounded

down FmdashFloating decimal 6 3 2 1 0mdashDecimal

selector

Calculator TapesCalculator Tapes

Calculators equipped with tape and a display have a Print Selector ndash When activated a tape will print as you perform

calculationsndash When not activated calculations will appear in

the display onlyndash This is designated by the ldquoPrdquo on the top row If

you want to display only put selector on the dot

Decimal SelectorDecimal Selector

This gives you the option to choose the number of decimal places needed to calculate a problem

Different types includendash [A] or add mode is used when calculating problems

with two decimal placesndash [F] key (floating decimal) used when calculating

figures that donrsquot have the same decimal placesndash 0 1 2 3 6 are fixed decimals used when the entry has

the same number of decimal places

Clear KeyClear Key

Clear key (CE) clears data from the calculatorndash Clears only the last entryndash Clears only numbers that have not been entered

Always clear the calculator before entering a new problem by pushing total button [] twice

Learning Task 2Learning Task 2

Addition

Addition is the process of combining addends

(numbers to be added) to find a sum (total)

Plus KeyPlus Key

Plus Key is used to enter addends

Look for the [+=] key

Minus KeyMinus Key

Use the Minus Key to remove addends for incorrect entries

Look for the [- =] key

Total KeyTotal Key

Use the Total Key to print or display the answer to a problem

Look for the Total [] key

Touch MethodTouch Method10-key touch method means tapping the 0

through 9 keys on the 10-key pad without looking at the keypad

Curve the index middle and third fingers and place them over the home row (456 keys)

Keep the fingers located over the home row and extend out to tap numbers using the correct finger

Practice moving your fingers to the keys above and below the home row

Finger PositionFinger Position

If you are right-handed use the index finger for 7 4 1 Use the middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use the ring finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use the little finger for the [+] and [-] keys Use your thumb for 0

If you are left-handed use the index finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use ring finger for 7 4 1 Use little finger for 0 Use your thumb for the [+] and [-] keys

See page 6 for finger position

Practice Finger PositionPractice Finger Position Clear the calculator by pressing [CE] and [] Set decimal selector to 0 Position the book at an angle so you can keep your

eyes on the problems while operating the key pad by touch

Curve your fingers and place them over the home row keys

Enter the digits from left to rightndash Enter 4 5 6 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 5 6 4 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 6 4 5 and tap the [+] key

Tap the total key [] to calculate the sum (1665)

Correcting ErrorsCorrecting Errors

Accuracy is extremely important Be aware when you have entered the wrong digits

Correcting errors before tapping the plus keymdashstrike the [CE] key once

The [rarr] is the last digit correction key Correcting errors after tapping the plus keymdashtap

the [-] key immediately before entering the next addend This will subtract the incorrect number from the total

Verifying and RecordingVerifying and RecordingYour AnswersYour Answers

Always check calculations for accuracy Record answer in space provided at end of each problemndash Printing mode Verify the calculations with the tape

entriesndash Display mode Repeat the problem in reverse addition

(add the numbers from bottom to top) If your answer is correct place a small checkmark

next to the first answer and record it on the answer sheet If your second answer is different write it next to first answer and calculate again Draw line through incorrect answers and record correct answer on the answer sheet

Problems 1-20Problems 1-20

Use the touch method to calculate problems 1 6 11 and 16 on p 9 two times (First time use tape second time use display and add from bottom up)

Remember to keep your eyes on the problems Develop the habit of using the total symbol on the

tape before beginning a problem See if you can increase your speed by keying in

the problem two times (Key the problem without the tape on first and then turn on the tape feature)

Complete rest of problems on p 9 on own

Special FeaturesSpecial Features

Repeating EntriesRepeating Entries

Allows a number to be entered only once It repeated by simply tapping the [+] key as many times as neededndash Enter 314 and tap the [+] key twicendash Enter 555 and tap the [+] key three timesndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 2293

Complete problems 21 and 22 (p 11) in class Complete problems 23-25 on own

Item CountItem Count

Counts the number of times [+] and [ndash] are tapped as a problem is calculated ndash Counts the number of times [+] is tapped and

subtracts 1 each time [ndash] is tappedndash Count is reset to zero when pressing the total

key []Set the selector on the [PIC] key to turned

on feature Calculate 45 [+] 56 [+] 21 [+] [] Note item count in left margin (It should be 3)

More Item Count PracticeMore Item Count Practice

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate the item count feature [PmiddotIC] Calculate 813 [+] 10 [+] 297 [+] 45 [+] [=] Did you get 1165 Look for the number 4 indicating the number of

entries in the problem Calculate problems 26 and 27 (p 11) in class

Grand Total FeatureGrand Total Feature

The grand total feature allows you to accumulate the answers to more than one problem

Set selector on P-IC GT and 0 decimal features

After you key your numbers tap the [GT] key on the left-hand side of the calculator

Use this feature when calculating multiple addition and subtract problems

Practice Grand TotalPractice Grand Total Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate grand total feature [GT] selector Calculate 34 [+] 189 [+] amp [] then continue

with next problem 735 [+] 206 [+] amp [] continue on to next problem 290 [+] 54 [+] amp []

Did you get 223 941 and 344 Obtain the grand total by tapping the [GT] key on

left-hand side Did you get 1508

Solving ProblemsSolving Problems

Calculate problems 28 and 29 (p 11) by putting the grand total amounts in d Do together in class

When solving problems 36-53 (Do on own)ndash When calculating problems 36-40 concentrate on

improving technique as you key No GT for thesendash Problems 41-46 you add the rows across and put the

grand total in 47ndash Problems 48-52 you add the columns down and put the

grand total in 53 ndash 47 amp 53 should be the same number

Learning Task 3Learning Task 3

Decimals

Decimal Place ValuesDecimal Place ValuesNumbers to the left of the decimal are whole

numbers Each place is ten times greater than the place to its right For number 36921983

3692(3 thousands 6 hundreds 9 tens 2 ones)

Digits to the right of the decimal indicate a part of the whole or a fraction of the whole Each place is ten times greater than the place to its left

1983(1 tenths 9 hundredths 8 thousandths 3 ten

thousandths)

Addition of DecimalsAddition of Decimals

Set the decimal selector to set the number of decimal places needed in your answer

Always determine the number of decimal places required before you begin your computations

Floating DecimalsFloating DecimalsThe floating position is used when answers

need to be carried out to the maximum places allowed by the calculator (F 0 1 2 3 6)

Mostly used when the entries have a different number of decimal places

Look for an [F] on the decimal selectorThe decimal position is not aligned on the

tape when the floating position is used

You must key in the decimal point

Practice Floating DecimalsPractice Floating Decimals Calculate problems 1 through 2

ndash Clear the calculatorndash Set Decimal Selector on F

Donrsquot forget to key in your decimal pointndash Enter 7987 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 465165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 132943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 104456 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 1501264

Calculate problems 3-8 on own (p 15)

Fixed DecimalsFixed Decimals

Use the fixed decimal position when the answer is to be carried out to a specific number of decimal places or when each entry has the same number of decimal places

Set the selector for the number of decimal places required

The decimal point is aligned on the tape when the fixed position is used

Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point

ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375

Calculate problems 11-16 on own

Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents

or when calculating problems with two decimal places

Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when

entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the

tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point

Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal

selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707

Calculate problems 19-24 on own

Learning Task 4Learning Task 4

Subtraction

SubtractionSubtraction

The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend

(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted

from the minuend)

Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own

Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals

ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places

ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals

ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)

ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class

Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a

small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)

When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer

Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red

Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in

parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own

Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature

The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations

The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry

For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places

Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class

Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature

Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number

Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape

Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add

Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class

Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all

answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered

The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key

When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key

Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762

ContCont

Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and

subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]

Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses

ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems

ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease

Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use

before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)

Curta CalculatorCurta Calculator

1948--Curta miniature hand-held mechanical calculator was introduced

First ElectronicFirst ElectronicDesktop CalculatorDesktop Calculator

1960--First electronic desktop calculator - Bell PunchSumlock Anita Mk VII - based on cold-cathode vacuum tubes

Orange discharge tube displays numbers used

1975--Price of basic pocket calculators very low many companies left the market due to lack of profits

1977--Solar powered calculators were introduced

1978--Credit card sized calculators were introduced

Learning Task 1Learning Task 1

Introduction

Using the CalculatorUsing the Calculator

Your goal is to use the correct finger to tap a key without looking at the

keypad

Tap vs StrikeTap vs Strike

Tap is used to indicate when the touch method can be used effectively to operate a key

Strike is used to indicate keys and functions whose locations on the calculator do not easily lend themselves to the touch method

Calculator CodesCalculator Codes

The textbook will use the acronym ldquoDTCrdquo to indicate desktop calculator

FeaturesFeatures

Keys amp SymbolsKeys amp Symbols

[uarr] Paper Feed Key [rarr] Last Digit

Correction Key [GT] Grand Total Key [CE] Clear Entry Key [] Total Key [+=] Plus Equal Key [- =] Minus Equal Key

[] Non Add Key [loz] Subtotal Key [M+] Memory Add

Key [M-] Memory Subtract

Key [lozM] Memory

Subtotal Recall Key [M] Memory Total

Recall Key

Calculator FunctionsCalculator Functions

OffOn switchmdashLocator at dot when I in On position (print function not on)

PmdashPrint function PmiddotIC-Print Item Count

function GTmdashGrand Total

function KmdashConstant function

AmdashAdd Mode Function

54mdashRounding functionndash uarr answer is rounded upndash darr answer is rounded

down FmdashFloating decimal 6 3 2 1 0mdashDecimal

selector

Calculator TapesCalculator Tapes

Calculators equipped with tape and a display have a Print Selector ndash When activated a tape will print as you perform

calculationsndash When not activated calculations will appear in

the display onlyndash This is designated by the ldquoPrdquo on the top row If

you want to display only put selector on the dot

Decimal SelectorDecimal Selector

This gives you the option to choose the number of decimal places needed to calculate a problem

Different types includendash [A] or add mode is used when calculating problems

with two decimal placesndash [F] key (floating decimal) used when calculating

figures that donrsquot have the same decimal placesndash 0 1 2 3 6 are fixed decimals used when the entry has

the same number of decimal places

Clear KeyClear Key

Clear key (CE) clears data from the calculatorndash Clears only the last entryndash Clears only numbers that have not been entered

Always clear the calculator before entering a new problem by pushing total button [] twice

Learning Task 2Learning Task 2

Addition

Addition is the process of combining addends

(numbers to be added) to find a sum (total)

Plus KeyPlus Key

Plus Key is used to enter addends

Look for the [+=] key

Minus KeyMinus Key

Use the Minus Key to remove addends for incorrect entries

Look for the [- =] key

Total KeyTotal Key

Use the Total Key to print or display the answer to a problem

Look for the Total [] key

Touch MethodTouch Method10-key touch method means tapping the 0

through 9 keys on the 10-key pad without looking at the keypad

Curve the index middle and third fingers and place them over the home row (456 keys)

Keep the fingers located over the home row and extend out to tap numbers using the correct finger

Practice moving your fingers to the keys above and below the home row

Finger PositionFinger Position

If you are right-handed use the index finger for 7 4 1 Use the middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use the ring finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use the little finger for the [+] and [-] keys Use your thumb for 0

If you are left-handed use the index finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use ring finger for 7 4 1 Use little finger for 0 Use your thumb for the [+] and [-] keys

See page 6 for finger position

Practice Finger PositionPractice Finger Position Clear the calculator by pressing [CE] and [] Set decimal selector to 0 Position the book at an angle so you can keep your

eyes on the problems while operating the key pad by touch

Curve your fingers and place them over the home row keys

Enter the digits from left to rightndash Enter 4 5 6 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 5 6 4 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 6 4 5 and tap the [+] key

Tap the total key [] to calculate the sum (1665)

Correcting ErrorsCorrecting Errors

Accuracy is extremely important Be aware when you have entered the wrong digits

Correcting errors before tapping the plus keymdashstrike the [CE] key once

The [rarr] is the last digit correction key Correcting errors after tapping the plus keymdashtap

the [-] key immediately before entering the next addend This will subtract the incorrect number from the total

Verifying and RecordingVerifying and RecordingYour AnswersYour Answers

Always check calculations for accuracy Record answer in space provided at end of each problemndash Printing mode Verify the calculations with the tape

entriesndash Display mode Repeat the problem in reverse addition

(add the numbers from bottom to top) If your answer is correct place a small checkmark

next to the first answer and record it on the answer sheet If your second answer is different write it next to first answer and calculate again Draw line through incorrect answers and record correct answer on the answer sheet

Problems 1-20Problems 1-20

Use the touch method to calculate problems 1 6 11 and 16 on p 9 two times (First time use tape second time use display and add from bottom up)

Remember to keep your eyes on the problems Develop the habit of using the total symbol on the

tape before beginning a problem See if you can increase your speed by keying in

the problem two times (Key the problem without the tape on first and then turn on the tape feature)

Complete rest of problems on p 9 on own

Special FeaturesSpecial Features

Repeating EntriesRepeating Entries

Allows a number to be entered only once It repeated by simply tapping the [+] key as many times as neededndash Enter 314 and tap the [+] key twicendash Enter 555 and tap the [+] key three timesndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 2293

Complete problems 21 and 22 (p 11) in class Complete problems 23-25 on own

Item CountItem Count

Counts the number of times [+] and [ndash] are tapped as a problem is calculated ndash Counts the number of times [+] is tapped and

subtracts 1 each time [ndash] is tappedndash Count is reset to zero when pressing the total

key []Set the selector on the [PIC] key to turned

on feature Calculate 45 [+] 56 [+] 21 [+] [] Note item count in left margin (It should be 3)

More Item Count PracticeMore Item Count Practice

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate the item count feature [PmiddotIC] Calculate 813 [+] 10 [+] 297 [+] 45 [+] [=] Did you get 1165 Look for the number 4 indicating the number of

entries in the problem Calculate problems 26 and 27 (p 11) in class

Grand Total FeatureGrand Total Feature

The grand total feature allows you to accumulate the answers to more than one problem

Set selector on P-IC GT and 0 decimal features

After you key your numbers tap the [GT] key on the left-hand side of the calculator

Use this feature when calculating multiple addition and subtract problems

Practice Grand TotalPractice Grand Total Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate grand total feature [GT] selector Calculate 34 [+] 189 [+] amp [] then continue

with next problem 735 [+] 206 [+] amp [] continue on to next problem 290 [+] 54 [+] amp []

Did you get 223 941 and 344 Obtain the grand total by tapping the [GT] key on

left-hand side Did you get 1508

Solving ProblemsSolving Problems

Calculate problems 28 and 29 (p 11) by putting the grand total amounts in d Do together in class

When solving problems 36-53 (Do on own)ndash When calculating problems 36-40 concentrate on

improving technique as you key No GT for thesendash Problems 41-46 you add the rows across and put the

grand total in 47ndash Problems 48-52 you add the columns down and put the

grand total in 53 ndash 47 amp 53 should be the same number

Learning Task 3Learning Task 3

Decimals

Decimal Place ValuesDecimal Place ValuesNumbers to the left of the decimal are whole

numbers Each place is ten times greater than the place to its right For number 36921983

3692(3 thousands 6 hundreds 9 tens 2 ones)

Digits to the right of the decimal indicate a part of the whole or a fraction of the whole Each place is ten times greater than the place to its left

1983(1 tenths 9 hundredths 8 thousandths 3 ten

thousandths)

Addition of DecimalsAddition of Decimals

Set the decimal selector to set the number of decimal places needed in your answer

Always determine the number of decimal places required before you begin your computations

Floating DecimalsFloating DecimalsThe floating position is used when answers

need to be carried out to the maximum places allowed by the calculator (F 0 1 2 3 6)

Mostly used when the entries have a different number of decimal places

Look for an [F] on the decimal selectorThe decimal position is not aligned on the

tape when the floating position is used

You must key in the decimal point

Practice Floating DecimalsPractice Floating Decimals Calculate problems 1 through 2

ndash Clear the calculatorndash Set Decimal Selector on F

Donrsquot forget to key in your decimal pointndash Enter 7987 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 465165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 132943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 104456 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 1501264

Calculate problems 3-8 on own (p 15)

Fixed DecimalsFixed Decimals

Use the fixed decimal position when the answer is to be carried out to a specific number of decimal places or when each entry has the same number of decimal places

Set the selector for the number of decimal places required

The decimal point is aligned on the tape when the fixed position is used

Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point

ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375

Calculate problems 11-16 on own

Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents

or when calculating problems with two decimal places

Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when

entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the

tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point

Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal

selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707

Calculate problems 19-24 on own

Learning Task 4Learning Task 4

Subtraction

SubtractionSubtraction

The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend

(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted

from the minuend)

Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own

Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals

ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places

ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals

ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)

ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class

Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a

small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)

When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer

Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red

Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in

parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own

Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature

The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations

The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry

For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places

Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class

Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature

Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number

Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape

Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add

Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class

Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all

answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered

The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key

When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key

Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762

ContCont

Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and

subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]

Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses

ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems

ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease

Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use

before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)

First ElectronicFirst ElectronicDesktop CalculatorDesktop Calculator

1960--First electronic desktop calculator - Bell PunchSumlock Anita Mk VII - based on cold-cathode vacuum tubes

Orange discharge tube displays numbers used

1975--Price of basic pocket calculators very low many companies left the market due to lack of profits

1977--Solar powered calculators were introduced

1978--Credit card sized calculators were introduced

Learning Task 1Learning Task 1

Introduction

Using the CalculatorUsing the Calculator

Your goal is to use the correct finger to tap a key without looking at the

keypad

Tap vs StrikeTap vs Strike

Tap is used to indicate when the touch method can be used effectively to operate a key

Strike is used to indicate keys and functions whose locations on the calculator do not easily lend themselves to the touch method

Calculator CodesCalculator Codes

The textbook will use the acronym ldquoDTCrdquo to indicate desktop calculator

FeaturesFeatures

Keys amp SymbolsKeys amp Symbols

[uarr] Paper Feed Key [rarr] Last Digit

Correction Key [GT] Grand Total Key [CE] Clear Entry Key [] Total Key [+=] Plus Equal Key [- =] Minus Equal Key

[] Non Add Key [loz] Subtotal Key [M+] Memory Add

Key [M-] Memory Subtract

Key [lozM] Memory

Subtotal Recall Key [M] Memory Total

Recall Key

Calculator FunctionsCalculator Functions

OffOn switchmdashLocator at dot when I in On position (print function not on)

PmdashPrint function PmiddotIC-Print Item Count

function GTmdashGrand Total

function KmdashConstant function

AmdashAdd Mode Function

54mdashRounding functionndash uarr answer is rounded upndash darr answer is rounded

down FmdashFloating decimal 6 3 2 1 0mdashDecimal

selector

Calculator TapesCalculator Tapes

Calculators equipped with tape and a display have a Print Selector ndash When activated a tape will print as you perform

calculationsndash When not activated calculations will appear in

the display onlyndash This is designated by the ldquoPrdquo on the top row If

you want to display only put selector on the dot

Decimal SelectorDecimal Selector

This gives you the option to choose the number of decimal places needed to calculate a problem

Different types includendash [A] or add mode is used when calculating problems

with two decimal placesndash [F] key (floating decimal) used when calculating

figures that donrsquot have the same decimal placesndash 0 1 2 3 6 are fixed decimals used when the entry has

the same number of decimal places

Clear KeyClear Key

Clear key (CE) clears data from the calculatorndash Clears only the last entryndash Clears only numbers that have not been entered

Always clear the calculator before entering a new problem by pushing total button [] twice

Learning Task 2Learning Task 2

Addition

Addition is the process of combining addends

(numbers to be added) to find a sum (total)

Plus KeyPlus Key

Plus Key is used to enter addends

Look for the [+=] key

Minus KeyMinus Key

Use the Minus Key to remove addends for incorrect entries

Look for the [- =] key

Total KeyTotal Key

Use the Total Key to print or display the answer to a problem

Look for the Total [] key

Touch MethodTouch Method10-key touch method means tapping the 0

through 9 keys on the 10-key pad without looking at the keypad

Curve the index middle and third fingers and place them over the home row (456 keys)

Keep the fingers located over the home row and extend out to tap numbers using the correct finger

Practice moving your fingers to the keys above and below the home row

Finger PositionFinger Position

If you are right-handed use the index finger for 7 4 1 Use the middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use the ring finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use the little finger for the [+] and [-] keys Use your thumb for 0

If you are left-handed use the index finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use ring finger for 7 4 1 Use little finger for 0 Use your thumb for the [+] and [-] keys

See page 6 for finger position

Practice Finger PositionPractice Finger Position Clear the calculator by pressing [CE] and [] Set decimal selector to 0 Position the book at an angle so you can keep your

eyes on the problems while operating the key pad by touch

Curve your fingers and place them over the home row keys

Enter the digits from left to rightndash Enter 4 5 6 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 5 6 4 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 6 4 5 and tap the [+] key

Tap the total key [] to calculate the sum (1665)

Correcting ErrorsCorrecting Errors

Accuracy is extremely important Be aware when you have entered the wrong digits

Correcting errors before tapping the plus keymdashstrike the [CE] key once

The [rarr] is the last digit correction key Correcting errors after tapping the plus keymdashtap

the [-] key immediately before entering the next addend This will subtract the incorrect number from the total

Verifying and RecordingVerifying and RecordingYour AnswersYour Answers

Always check calculations for accuracy Record answer in space provided at end of each problemndash Printing mode Verify the calculations with the tape

entriesndash Display mode Repeat the problem in reverse addition

(add the numbers from bottom to top) If your answer is correct place a small checkmark

next to the first answer and record it on the answer sheet If your second answer is different write it next to first answer and calculate again Draw line through incorrect answers and record correct answer on the answer sheet

Problems 1-20Problems 1-20

Use the touch method to calculate problems 1 6 11 and 16 on p 9 two times (First time use tape second time use display and add from bottom up)

Remember to keep your eyes on the problems Develop the habit of using the total symbol on the

tape before beginning a problem See if you can increase your speed by keying in

the problem two times (Key the problem without the tape on first and then turn on the tape feature)

Complete rest of problems on p 9 on own

Special FeaturesSpecial Features

Repeating EntriesRepeating Entries

Allows a number to be entered only once It repeated by simply tapping the [+] key as many times as neededndash Enter 314 and tap the [+] key twicendash Enter 555 and tap the [+] key three timesndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 2293

Complete problems 21 and 22 (p 11) in class Complete problems 23-25 on own

Item CountItem Count

Counts the number of times [+] and [ndash] are tapped as a problem is calculated ndash Counts the number of times [+] is tapped and

subtracts 1 each time [ndash] is tappedndash Count is reset to zero when pressing the total

key []Set the selector on the [PIC] key to turned

on feature Calculate 45 [+] 56 [+] 21 [+] [] Note item count in left margin (It should be 3)

More Item Count PracticeMore Item Count Practice

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate the item count feature [PmiddotIC] Calculate 813 [+] 10 [+] 297 [+] 45 [+] [=] Did you get 1165 Look for the number 4 indicating the number of

entries in the problem Calculate problems 26 and 27 (p 11) in class

Grand Total FeatureGrand Total Feature

The grand total feature allows you to accumulate the answers to more than one problem

Set selector on P-IC GT and 0 decimal features

After you key your numbers tap the [GT] key on the left-hand side of the calculator

Use this feature when calculating multiple addition and subtract problems

Practice Grand TotalPractice Grand Total Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate grand total feature [GT] selector Calculate 34 [+] 189 [+] amp [] then continue

with next problem 735 [+] 206 [+] amp [] continue on to next problem 290 [+] 54 [+] amp []

Did you get 223 941 and 344 Obtain the grand total by tapping the [GT] key on

left-hand side Did you get 1508

Solving ProblemsSolving Problems

Calculate problems 28 and 29 (p 11) by putting the grand total amounts in d Do together in class

When solving problems 36-53 (Do on own)ndash When calculating problems 36-40 concentrate on

improving technique as you key No GT for thesendash Problems 41-46 you add the rows across and put the

grand total in 47ndash Problems 48-52 you add the columns down and put the

grand total in 53 ndash 47 amp 53 should be the same number

Learning Task 3Learning Task 3

Decimals

Decimal Place ValuesDecimal Place ValuesNumbers to the left of the decimal are whole

numbers Each place is ten times greater than the place to its right For number 36921983

3692(3 thousands 6 hundreds 9 tens 2 ones)

Digits to the right of the decimal indicate a part of the whole or a fraction of the whole Each place is ten times greater than the place to its left

1983(1 tenths 9 hundredths 8 thousandths 3 ten

thousandths)

Addition of DecimalsAddition of Decimals

Set the decimal selector to set the number of decimal places needed in your answer

Always determine the number of decimal places required before you begin your computations

Floating DecimalsFloating DecimalsThe floating position is used when answers

need to be carried out to the maximum places allowed by the calculator (F 0 1 2 3 6)

Mostly used when the entries have a different number of decimal places

Look for an [F] on the decimal selectorThe decimal position is not aligned on the

tape when the floating position is used

You must key in the decimal point

Practice Floating DecimalsPractice Floating Decimals Calculate problems 1 through 2

ndash Clear the calculatorndash Set Decimal Selector on F

Donrsquot forget to key in your decimal pointndash Enter 7987 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 465165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 132943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 104456 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 1501264

Calculate problems 3-8 on own (p 15)

Fixed DecimalsFixed Decimals

Use the fixed decimal position when the answer is to be carried out to a specific number of decimal places or when each entry has the same number of decimal places

Set the selector for the number of decimal places required

The decimal point is aligned on the tape when the fixed position is used

Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point

ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375

Calculate problems 11-16 on own

Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents

or when calculating problems with two decimal places

Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when

entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the

tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point

Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal

selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707

Calculate problems 19-24 on own

Learning Task 4Learning Task 4

Subtraction

SubtractionSubtraction

The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend

(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted

from the minuend)

Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own

Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals

ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places

ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals

ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)

ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class

Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a

small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)

When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer

Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red

Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in

parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own

Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature

The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations

The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry

For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places

Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class

Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature

Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number

Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape

Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add

Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class

Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all

answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered

The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key

When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key

Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762

ContCont

Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and

subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]

Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses

ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems

ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease

Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use

before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)

1975--Price of basic pocket calculators very low many companies left the market due to lack of profits

1977--Solar powered calculators were introduced

1978--Credit card sized calculators were introduced

Learning Task 1Learning Task 1

Introduction

Using the CalculatorUsing the Calculator

Your goal is to use the correct finger to tap a key without looking at the

keypad

Tap vs StrikeTap vs Strike

Tap is used to indicate when the touch method can be used effectively to operate a key

Strike is used to indicate keys and functions whose locations on the calculator do not easily lend themselves to the touch method

Calculator CodesCalculator Codes

The textbook will use the acronym ldquoDTCrdquo to indicate desktop calculator

FeaturesFeatures

Keys amp SymbolsKeys amp Symbols

[uarr] Paper Feed Key [rarr] Last Digit

Correction Key [GT] Grand Total Key [CE] Clear Entry Key [] Total Key [+=] Plus Equal Key [- =] Minus Equal Key

[] Non Add Key [loz] Subtotal Key [M+] Memory Add

Key [M-] Memory Subtract

Key [lozM] Memory

Subtotal Recall Key [M] Memory Total

Recall Key

Calculator FunctionsCalculator Functions

OffOn switchmdashLocator at dot when I in On position (print function not on)

PmdashPrint function PmiddotIC-Print Item Count

function GTmdashGrand Total

function KmdashConstant function

AmdashAdd Mode Function

54mdashRounding functionndash uarr answer is rounded upndash darr answer is rounded

down FmdashFloating decimal 6 3 2 1 0mdashDecimal

selector

Calculator TapesCalculator Tapes

Calculators equipped with tape and a display have a Print Selector ndash When activated a tape will print as you perform

calculationsndash When not activated calculations will appear in

the display onlyndash This is designated by the ldquoPrdquo on the top row If

you want to display only put selector on the dot

Decimal SelectorDecimal Selector

This gives you the option to choose the number of decimal places needed to calculate a problem

Different types includendash [A] or add mode is used when calculating problems

with two decimal placesndash [F] key (floating decimal) used when calculating

figures that donrsquot have the same decimal placesndash 0 1 2 3 6 are fixed decimals used when the entry has

the same number of decimal places

Clear KeyClear Key

Clear key (CE) clears data from the calculatorndash Clears only the last entryndash Clears only numbers that have not been entered

Always clear the calculator before entering a new problem by pushing total button [] twice

Learning Task 2Learning Task 2

Addition

Addition is the process of combining addends

(numbers to be added) to find a sum (total)

Plus KeyPlus Key

Plus Key is used to enter addends

Look for the [+=] key

Minus KeyMinus Key

Use the Minus Key to remove addends for incorrect entries

Look for the [- =] key

Total KeyTotal Key

Use the Total Key to print or display the answer to a problem

Look for the Total [] key

Touch MethodTouch Method10-key touch method means tapping the 0

through 9 keys on the 10-key pad without looking at the keypad

Curve the index middle and third fingers and place them over the home row (456 keys)

Keep the fingers located over the home row and extend out to tap numbers using the correct finger

Practice moving your fingers to the keys above and below the home row

Finger PositionFinger Position

If you are right-handed use the index finger for 7 4 1 Use the middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use the ring finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use the little finger for the [+] and [-] keys Use your thumb for 0

If you are left-handed use the index finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use ring finger for 7 4 1 Use little finger for 0 Use your thumb for the [+] and [-] keys

See page 6 for finger position

Practice Finger PositionPractice Finger Position Clear the calculator by pressing [CE] and [] Set decimal selector to 0 Position the book at an angle so you can keep your

eyes on the problems while operating the key pad by touch

Curve your fingers and place them over the home row keys

Enter the digits from left to rightndash Enter 4 5 6 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 5 6 4 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 6 4 5 and tap the [+] key

Tap the total key [] to calculate the sum (1665)

Correcting ErrorsCorrecting Errors

Accuracy is extremely important Be aware when you have entered the wrong digits

Correcting errors before tapping the plus keymdashstrike the [CE] key once

The [rarr] is the last digit correction key Correcting errors after tapping the plus keymdashtap

the [-] key immediately before entering the next addend This will subtract the incorrect number from the total

Verifying and RecordingVerifying and RecordingYour AnswersYour Answers

Always check calculations for accuracy Record answer in space provided at end of each problemndash Printing mode Verify the calculations with the tape

entriesndash Display mode Repeat the problem in reverse addition

(add the numbers from bottom to top) If your answer is correct place a small checkmark

next to the first answer and record it on the answer sheet If your second answer is different write it next to first answer and calculate again Draw line through incorrect answers and record correct answer on the answer sheet

Problems 1-20Problems 1-20

Use the touch method to calculate problems 1 6 11 and 16 on p 9 two times (First time use tape second time use display and add from bottom up)

Remember to keep your eyes on the problems Develop the habit of using the total symbol on the

tape before beginning a problem See if you can increase your speed by keying in

the problem two times (Key the problem without the tape on first and then turn on the tape feature)

Complete rest of problems on p 9 on own

Special FeaturesSpecial Features

Repeating EntriesRepeating Entries

Allows a number to be entered only once It repeated by simply tapping the [+] key as many times as neededndash Enter 314 and tap the [+] key twicendash Enter 555 and tap the [+] key three timesndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 2293

Complete problems 21 and 22 (p 11) in class Complete problems 23-25 on own

Item CountItem Count

Counts the number of times [+] and [ndash] are tapped as a problem is calculated ndash Counts the number of times [+] is tapped and

subtracts 1 each time [ndash] is tappedndash Count is reset to zero when pressing the total

key []Set the selector on the [PIC] key to turned

on feature Calculate 45 [+] 56 [+] 21 [+] [] Note item count in left margin (It should be 3)

More Item Count PracticeMore Item Count Practice

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate the item count feature [PmiddotIC] Calculate 813 [+] 10 [+] 297 [+] 45 [+] [=] Did you get 1165 Look for the number 4 indicating the number of

entries in the problem Calculate problems 26 and 27 (p 11) in class

Grand Total FeatureGrand Total Feature

The grand total feature allows you to accumulate the answers to more than one problem

Set selector on P-IC GT and 0 decimal features

After you key your numbers tap the [GT] key on the left-hand side of the calculator

Use this feature when calculating multiple addition and subtract problems

Practice Grand TotalPractice Grand Total Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate grand total feature [GT] selector Calculate 34 [+] 189 [+] amp [] then continue

with next problem 735 [+] 206 [+] amp [] continue on to next problem 290 [+] 54 [+] amp []

Did you get 223 941 and 344 Obtain the grand total by tapping the [GT] key on

left-hand side Did you get 1508

Solving ProblemsSolving Problems

Calculate problems 28 and 29 (p 11) by putting the grand total amounts in d Do together in class

When solving problems 36-53 (Do on own)ndash When calculating problems 36-40 concentrate on

improving technique as you key No GT for thesendash Problems 41-46 you add the rows across and put the

grand total in 47ndash Problems 48-52 you add the columns down and put the

grand total in 53 ndash 47 amp 53 should be the same number

Learning Task 3Learning Task 3

Decimals

Decimal Place ValuesDecimal Place ValuesNumbers to the left of the decimal are whole

numbers Each place is ten times greater than the place to its right For number 36921983

3692(3 thousands 6 hundreds 9 tens 2 ones)

Digits to the right of the decimal indicate a part of the whole or a fraction of the whole Each place is ten times greater than the place to its left

1983(1 tenths 9 hundredths 8 thousandths 3 ten

thousandths)

Addition of DecimalsAddition of Decimals

Set the decimal selector to set the number of decimal places needed in your answer

Always determine the number of decimal places required before you begin your computations

Floating DecimalsFloating DecimalsThe floating position is used when answers

need to be carried out to the maximum places allowed by the calculator (F 0 1 2 3 6)

Mostly used when the entries have a different number of decimal places

Look for an [F] on the decimal selectorThe decimal position is not aligned on the

tape when the floating position is used

You must key in the decimal point

Practice Floating DecimalsPractice Floating Decimals Calculate problems 1 through 2

ndash Clear the calculatorndash Set Decimal Selector on F

Donrsquot forget to key in your decimal pointndash Enter 7987 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 465165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 132943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 104456 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 1501264

Calculate problems 3-8 on own (p 15)

Fixed DecimalsFixed Decimals

Use the fixed decimal position when the answer is to be carried out to a specific number of decimal places or when each entry has the same number of decimal places

Set the selector for the number of decimal places required

The decimal point is aligned on the tape when the fixed position is used

Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point

ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375

Calculate problems 11-16 on own

Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents

or when calculating problems with two decimal places

Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when

entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the

tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point

Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal

selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707

Calculate problems 19-24 on own

Learning Task 4Learning Task 4

Subtraction

SubtractionSubtraction

The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend

(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted

from the minuend)

Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own

Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals

ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places

ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals

ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)

ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class

Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a

small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)

When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer

Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red

Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in

parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own

Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature

The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations

The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry

For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places

Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class

Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature

Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number

Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape

Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add

Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class

Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all

answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered

The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key

When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key

Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762

ContCont

Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and

subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]

Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses

ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems

ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease

Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use

before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)

Learning Task 1Learning Task 1

Introduction

Using the CalculatorUsing the Calculator

Your goal is to use the correct finger to tap a key without looking at the

keypad

Tap vs StrikeTap vs Strike

Tap is used to indicate when the touch method can be used effectively to operate a key

Strike is used to indicate keys and functions whose locations on the calculator do not easily lend themselves to the touch method

Calculator CodesCalculator Codes

The textbook will use the acronym ldquoDTCrdquo to indicate desktop calculator

FeaturesFeatures

Keys amp SymbolsKeys amp Symbols

[uarr] Paper Feed Key [rarr] Last Digit

Correction Key [GT] Grand Total Key [CE] Clear Entry Key [] Total Key [+=] Plus Equal Key [- =] Minus Equal Key

[] Non Add Key [loz] Subtotal Key [M+] Memory Add

Key [M-] Memory Subtract

Key [lozM] Memory

Subtotal Recall Key [M] Memory Total

Recall Key

Calculator FunctionsCalculator Functions

OffOn switchmdashLocator at dot when I in On position (print function not on)

PmdashPrint function PmiddotIC-Print Item Count

function GTmdashGrand Total

function KmdashConstant function

AmdashAdd Mode Function

54mdashRounding functionndash uarr answer is rounded upndash darr answer is rounded

down FmdashFloating decimal 6 3 2 1 0mdashDecimal

selector

Calculator TapesCalculator Tapes

Calculators equipped with tape and a display have a Print Selector ndash When activated a tape will print as you perform

calculationsndash When not activated calculations will appear in

the display onlyndash This is designated by the ldquoPrdquo on the top row If

you want to display only put selector on the dot

Decimal SelectorDecimal Selector

This gives you the option to choose the number of decimal places needed to calculate a problem

Different types includendash [A] or add mode is used when calculating problems

with two decimal placesndash [F] key (floating decimal) used when calculating

figures that donrsquot have the same decimal placesndash 0 1 2 3 6 are fixed decimals used when the entry has

the same number of decimal places

Clear KeyClear Key

Clear key (CE) clears data from the calculatorndash Clears only the last entryndash Clears only numbers that have not been entered

Always clear the calculator before entering a new problem by pushing total button [] twice

Learning Task 2Learning Task 2

Addition

Addition is the process of combining addends

(numbers to be added) to find a sum (total)

Plus KeyPlus Key

Plus Key is used to enter addends

Look for the [+=] key

Minus KeyMinus Key

Use the Minus Key to remove addends for incorrect entries

Look for the [- =] key

Total KeyTotal Key

Use the Total Key to print or display the answer to a problem

Look for the Total [] key

Touch MethodTouch Method10-key touch method means tapping the 0

through 9 keys on the 10-key pad without looking at the keypad

Curve the index middle and third fingers and place them over the home row (456 keys)

Keep the fingers located over the home row and extend out to tap numbers using the correct finger

Practice moving your fingers to the keys above and below the home row

Finger PositionFinger Position

If you are right-handed use the index finger for 7 4 1 Use the middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use the ring finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use the little finger for the [+] and [-] keys Use your thumb for 0

If you are left-handed use the index finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use ring finger for 7 4 1 Use little finger for 0 Use your thumb for the [+] and [-] keys

See page 6 for finger position

Practice Finger PositionPractice Finger Position Clear the calculator by pressing [CE] and [] Set decimal selector to 0 Position the book at an angle so you can keep your

eyes on the problems while operating the key pad by touch

Curve your fingers and place them over the home row keys

Enter the digits from left to rightndash Enter 4 5 6 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 5 6 4 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 6 4 5 and tap the [+] key

Tap the total key [] to calculate the sum (1665)

Correcting ErrorsCorrecting Errors

Accuracy is extremely important Be aware when you have entered the wrong digits

Correcting errors before tapping the plus keymdashstrike the [CE] key once

The [rarr] is the last digit correction key Correcting errors after tapping the plus keymdashtap

the [-] key immediately before entering the next addend This will subtract the incorrect number from the total

Verifying and RecordingVerifying and RecordingYour AnswersYour Answers

Always check calculations for accuracy Record answer in space provided at end of each problemndash Printing mode Verify the calculations with the tape

entriesndash Display mode Repeat the problem in reverse addition

(add the numbers from bottom to top) If your answer is correct place a small checkmark

next to the first answer and record it on the answer sheet If your second answer is different write it next to first answer and calculate again Draw line through incorrect answers and record correct answer on the answer sheet

Problems 1-20Problems 1-20

Use the touch method to calculate problems 1 6 11 and 16 on p 9 two times (First time use tape second time use display and add from bottom up)

Remember to keep your eyes on the problems Develop the habit of using the total symbol on the

tape before beginning a problem See if you can increase your speed by keying in

the problem two times (Key the problem without the tape on first and then turn on the tape feature)

Complete rest of problems on p 9 on own

Special FeaturesSpecial Features

Repeating EntriesRepeating Entries

Allows a number to be entered only once It repeated by simply tapping the [+] key as many times as neededndash Enter 314 and tap the [+] key twicendash Enter 555 and tap the [+] key three timesndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 2293

Complete problems 21 and 22 (p 11) in class Complete problems 23-25 on own

Item CountItem Count

Counts the number of times [+] and [ndash] are tapped as a problem is calculated ndash Counts the number of times [+] is tapped and

subtracts 1 each time [ndash] is tappedndash Count is reset to zero when pressing the total

key []Set the selector on the [PIC] key to turned

on feature Calculate 45 [+] 56 [+] 21 [+] [] Note item count in left margin (It should be 3)

More Item Count PracticeMore Item Count Practice

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate the item count feature [PmiddotIC] Calculate 813 [+] 10 [+] 297 [+] 45 [+] [=] Did you get 1165 Look for the number 4 indicating the number of

entries in the problem Calculate problems 26 and 27 (p 11) in class

Grand Total FeatureGrand Total Feature

The grand total feature allows you to accumulate the answers to more than one problem

Set selector on P-IC GT and 0 decimal features

After you key your numbers tap the [GT] key on the left-hand side of the calculator

Use this feature when calculating multiple addition and subtract problems

Practice Grand TotalPractice Grand Total Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate grand total feature [GT] selector Calculate 34 [+] 189 [+] amp [] then continue

with next problem 735 [+] 206 [+] amp [] continue on to next problem 290 [+] 54 [+] amp []

Did you get 223 941 and 344 Obtain the grand total by tapping the [GT] key on

left-hand side Did you get 1508

Solving ProblemsSolving Problems

Calculate problems 28 and 29 (p 11) by putting the grand total amounts in d Do together in class

When solving problems 36-53 (Do on own)ndash When calculating problems 36-40 concentrate on

improving technique as you key No GT for thesendash Problems 41-46 you add the rows across and put the

grand total in 47ndash Problems 48-52 you add the columns down and put the

grand total in 53 ndash 47 amp 53 should be the same number

Learning Task 3Learning Task 3

Decimals

Decimal Place ValuesDecimal Place ValuesNumbers to the left of the decimal are whole

numbers Each place is ten times greater than the place to its right For number 36921983

3692(3 thousands 6 hundreds 9 tens 2 ones)

Digits to the right of the decimal indicate a part of the whole or a fraction of the whole Each place is ten times greater than the place to its left

1983(1 tenths 9 hundredths 8 thousandths 3 ten

thousandths)

Addition of DecimalsAddition of Decimals

Set the decimal selector to set the number of decimal places needed in your answer

Always determine the number of decimal places required before you begin your computations

Floating DecimalsFloating DecimalsThe floating position is used when answers

need to be carried out to the maximum places allowed by the calculator (F 0 1 2 3 6)

Mostly used when the entries have a different number of decimal places

Look for an [F] on the decimal selectorThe decimal position is not aligned on the

tape when the floating position is used

You must key in the decimal point

Practice Floating DecimalsPractice Floating Decimals Calculate problems 1 through 2

ndash Clear the calculatorndash Set Decimal Selector on F

Donrsquot forget to key in your decimal pointndash Enter 7987 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 465165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 132943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 104456 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 1501264

Calculate problems 3-8 on own (p 15)

Fixed DecimalsFixed Decimals

Use the fixed decimal position when the answer is to be carried out to a specific number of decimal places or when each entry has the same number of decimal places

Set the selector for the number of decimal places required

The decimal point is aligned on the tape when the fixed position is used

Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point

ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375

Calculate problems 11-16 on own

Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents

or when calculating problems with two decimal places

Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when

entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the

tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point

Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal

selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707

Calculate problems 19-24 on own

Learning Task 4Learning Task 4

Subtraction

SubtractionSubtraction

The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend

(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted

from the minuend)

Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own

Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals

ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places

ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals

ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)

ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class

Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a

small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)

When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer

Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red

Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in

parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own

Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature

The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations

The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry

For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places

Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class

Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature

Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number

Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape

Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add

Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class

Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all

answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered

The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key

When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key

Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762

ContCont

Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and

subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]

Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses

ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems

ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease

Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use

before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)

Using the CalculatorUsing the Calculator

Your goal is to use the correct finger to tap a key without looking at the

keypad

Tap vs StrikeTap vs Strike

Tap is used to indicate when the touch method can be used effectively to operate a key

Strike is used to indicate keys and functions whose locations on the calculator do not easily lend themselves to the touch method

Calculator CodesCalculator Codes

The textbook will use the acronym ldquoDTCrdquo to indicate desktop calculator

FeaturesFeatures

Keys amp SymbolsKeys amp Symbols

[uarr] Paper Feed Key [rarr] Last Digit

Correction Key [GT] Grand Total Key [CE] Clear Entry Key [] Total Key [+=] Plus Equal Key [- =] Minus Equal Key

[] Non Add Key [loz] Subtotal Key [M+] Memory Add

Key [M-] Memory Subtract

Key [lozM] Memory

Subtotal Recall Key [M] Memory Total

Recall Key

Calculator FunctionsCalculator Functions

OffOn switchmdashLocator at dot when I in On position (print function not on)

PmdashPrint function PmiddotIC-Print Item Count

function GTmdashGrand Total

function KmdashConstant function

AmdashAdd Mode Function

54mdashRounding functionndash uarr answer is rounded upndash darr answer is rounded

down FmdashFloating decimal 6 3 2 1 0mdashDecimal

selector

Calculator TapesCalculator Tapes

Calculators equipped with tape and a display have a Print Selector ndash When activated a tape will print as you perform

calculationsndash When not activated calculations will appear in

the display onlyndash This is designated by the ldquoPrdquo on the top row If

you want to display only put selector on the dot

Decimal SelectorDecimal Selector

This gives you the option to choose the number of decimal places needed to calculate a problem

Different types includendash [A] or add mode is used when calculating problems

with two decimal placesndash [F] key (floating decimal) used when calculating

figures that donrsquot have the same decimal placesndash 0 1 2 3 6 are fixed decimals used when the entry has

the same number of decimal places

Clear KeyClear Key

Clear key (CE) clears data from the calculatorndash Clears only the last entryndash Clears only numbers that have not been entered

Always clear the calculator before entering a new problem by pushing total button [] twice

Learning Task 2Learning Task 2

Addition

Addition is the process of combining addends

(numbers to be added) to find a sum (total)

Plus KeyPlus Key

Plus Key is used to enter addends

Look for the [+=] key

Minus KeyMinus Key

Use the Minus Key to remove addends for incorrect entries

Look for the [- =] key

Total KeyTotal Key

Use the Total Key to print or display the answer to a problem

Look for the Total [] key

Touch MethodTouch Method10-key touch method means tapping the 0

through 9 keys on the 10-key pad without looking at the keypad

Curve the index middle and third fingers and place them over the home row (456 keys)

Keep the fingers located over the home row and extend out to tap numbers using the correct finger

Practice moving your fingers to the keys above and below the home row

Finger PositionFinger Position

If you are right-handed use the index finger for 7 4 1 Use the middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use the ring finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use the little finger for the [+] and [-] keys Use your thumb for 0

If you are left-handed use the index finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use ring finger for 7 4 1 Use little finger for 0 Use your thumb for the [+] and [-] keys

See page 6 for finger position

Practice Finger PositionPractice Finger Position Clear the calculator by pressing [CE] and [] Set decimal selector to 0 Position the book at an angle so you can keep your

eyes on the problems while operating the key pad by touch

Curve your fingers and place them over the home row keys

Enter the digits from left to rightndash Enter 4 5 6 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 5 6 4 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 6 4 5 and tap the [+] key

Tap the total key [] to calculate the sum (1665)

Correcting ErrorsCorrecting Errors

Accuracy is extremely important Be aware when you have entered the wrong digits

Correcting errors before tapping the plus keymdashstrike the [CE] key once

The [rarr] is the last digit correction key Correcting errors after tapping the plus keymdashtap

the [-] key immediately before entering the next addend This will subtract the incorrect number from the total

Verifying and RecordingVerifying and RecordingYour AnswersYour Answers

Always check calculations for accuracy Record answer in space provided at end of each problemndash Printing mode Verify the calculations with the tape

entriesndash Display mode Repeat the problem in reverse addition

(add the numbers from bottom to top) If your answer is correct place a small checkmark

next to the first answer and record it on the answer sheet If your second answer is different write it next to first answer and calculate again Draw line through incorrect answers and record correct answer on the answer sheet

Problems 1-20Problems 1-20

Use the touch method to calculate problems 1 6 11 and 16 on p 9 two times (First time use tape second time use display and add from bottom up)

Remember to keep your eyes on the problems Develop the habit of using the total symbol on the

tape before beginning a problem See if you can increase your speed by keying in

the problem two times (Key the problem without the tape on first and then turn on the tape feature)

Complete rest of problems on p 9 on own

Special FeaturesSpecial Features

Repeating EntriesRepeating Entries

Allows a number to be entered only once It repeated by simply tapping the [+] key as many times as neededndash Enter 314 and tap the [+] key twicendash Enter 555 and tap the [+] key three timesndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 2293

Complete problems 21 and 22 (p 11) in class Complete problems 23-25 on own

Item CountItem Count

Counts the number of times [+] and [ndash] are tapped as a problem is calculated ndash Counts the number of times [+] is tapped and

subtracts 1 each time [ndash] is tappedndash Count is reset to zero when pressing the total

key []Set the selector on the [PIC] key to turned

on feature Calculate 45 [+] 56 [+] 21 [+] [] Note item count in left margin (It should be 3)

More Item Count PracticeMore Item Count Practice

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate the item count feature [PmiddotIC] Calculate 813 [+] 10 [+] 297 [+] 45 [+] [=] Did you get 1165 Look for the number 4 indicating the number of

entries in the problem Calculate problems 26 and 27 (p 11) in class

Grand Total FeatureGrand Total Feature

The grand total feature allows you to accumulate the answers to more than one problem

Set selector on P-IC GT and 0 decimal features

After you key your numbers tap the [GT] key on the left-hand side of the calculator

Use this feature when calculating multiple addition and subtract problems

Practice Grand TotalPractice Grand Total Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate grand total feature [GT] selector Calculate 34 [+] 189 [+] amp [] then continue

with next problem 735 [+] 206 [+] amp [] continue on to next problem 290 [+] 54 [+] amp []

Did you get 223 941 and 344 Obtain the grand total by tapping the [GT] key on

left-hand side Did you get 1508

Solving ProblemsSolving Problems

Calculate problems 28 and 29 (p 11) by putting the grand total amounts in d Do together in class

When solving problems 36-53 (Do on own)ndash When calculating problems 36-40 concentrate on

improving technique as you key No GT for thesendash Problems 41-46 you add the rows across and put the

grand total in 47ndash Problems 48-52 you add the columns down and put the

grand total in 53 ndash 47 amp 53 should be the same number

Learning Task 3Learning Task 3

Decimals

Decimal Place ValuesDecimal Place ValuesNumbers to the left of the decimal are whole

numbers Each place is ten times greater than the place to its right For number 36921983

3692(3 thousands 6 hundreds 9 tens 2 ones)

Digits to the right of the decimal indicate a part of the whole or a fraction of the whole Each place is ten times greater than the place to its left

1983(1 tenths 9 hundredths 8 thousandths 3 ten

thousandths)

Addition of DecimalsAddition of Decimals

Set the decimal selector to set the number of decimal places needed in your answer

Always determine the number of decimal places required before you begin your computations

Floating DecimalsFloating DecimalsThe floating position is used when answers

need to be carried out to the maximum places allowed by the calculator (F 0 1 2 3 6)

Mostly used when the entries have a different number of decimal places

Look for an [F] on the decimal selectorThe decimal position is not aligned on the

tape when the floating position is used

You must key in the decimal point

Practice Floating DecimalsPractice Floating Decimals Calculate problems 1 through 2

ndash Clear the calculatorndash Set Decimal Selector on F

Donrsquot forget to key in your decimal pointndash Enter 7987 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 465165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 132943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 104456 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 1501264

Calculate problems 3-8 on own (p 15)

Fixed DecimalsFixed Decimals

Use the fixed decimal position when the answer is to be carried out to a specific number of decimal places or when each entry has the same number of decimal places

Set the selector for the number of decimal places required

The decimal point is aligned on the tape when the fixed position is used

Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point

ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375

Calculate problems 11-16 on own

Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents

or when calculating problems with two decimal places

Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when

entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the

tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point

Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal

selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707

Calculate problems 19-24 on own

Learning Task 4Learning Task 4

Subtraction

SubtractionSubtraction

The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend

(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted

from the minuend)

Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own

Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals

ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places

ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals

ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)

ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class

Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a

small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)

When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer

Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red

Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in

parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own

Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature

The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations

The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry

For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places

Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class

Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature

Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number

Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape

Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add

Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class

Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all

answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered

The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key

When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key

Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762

ContCont

Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and

subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]

Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses

ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems

ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease

Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use

before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)

Tap vs StrikeTap vs Strike

Tap is used to indicate when the touch method can be used effectively to operate a key

Strike is used to indicate keys and functions whose locations on the calculator do not easily lend themselves to the touch method

Calculator CodesCalculator Codes

The textbook will use the acronym ldquoDTCrdquo to indicate desktop calculator

FeaturesFeatures

Keys amp SymbolsKeys amp Symbols

[uarr] Paper Feed Key [rarr] Last Digit

Correction Key [GT] Grand Total Key [CE] Clear Entry Key [] Total Key [+=] Plus Equal Key [- =] Minus Equal Key

[] Non Add Key [loz] Subtotal Key [M+] Memory Add

Key [M-] Memory Subtract

Key [lozM] Memory

Subtotal Recall Key [M] Memory Total

Recall Key

Calculator FunctionsCalculator Functions

OffOn switchmdashLocator at dot when I in On position (print function not on)

PmdashPrint function PmiddotIC-Print Item Count

function GTmdashGrand Total

function KmdashConstant function

AmdashAdd Mode Function

54mdashRounding functionndash uarr answer is rounded upndash darr answer is rounded

down FmdashFloating decimal 6 3 2 1 0mdashDecimal

selector

Calculator TapesCalculator Tapes

Calculators equipped with tape and a display have a Print Selector ndash When activated a tape will print as you perform

calculationsndash When not activated calculations will appear in

the display onlyndash This is designated by the ldquoPrdquo on the top row If

you want to display only put selector on the dot

Decimal SelectorDecimal Selector

This gives you the option to choose the number of decimal places needed to calculate a problem

Different types includendash [A] or add mode is used when calculating problems

with two decimal placesndash [F] key (floating decimal) used when calculating

figures that donrsquot have the same decimal placesndash 0 1 2 3 6 are fixed decimals used when the entry has

the same number of decimal places

Clear KeyClear Key

Clear key (CE) clears data from the calculatorndash Clears only the last entryndash Clears only numbers that have not been entered

Always clear the calculator before entering a new problem by pushing total button [] twice

Learning Task 2Learning Task 2

Addition

Addition is the process of combining addends

(numbers to be added) to find a sum (total)

Plus KeyPlus Key

Plus Key is used to enter addends

Look for the [+=] key

Minus KeyMinus Key

Use the Minus Key to remove addends for incorrect entries

Look for the [- =] key

Total KeyTotal Key

Use the Total Key to print or display the answer to a problem

Look for the Total [] key

Touch MethodTouch Method10-key touch method means tapping the 0

through 9 keys on the 10-key pad without looking at the keypad

Curve the index middle and third fingers and place them over the home row (456 keys)

Keep the fingers located over the home row and extend out to tap numbers using the correct finger

Practice moving your fingers to the keys above and below the home row

Finger PositionFinger Position

If you are right-handed use the index finger for 7 4 1 Use the middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use the ring finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use the little finger for the [+] and [-] keys Use your thumb for 0

If you are left-handed use the index finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use ring finger for 7 4 1 Use little finger for 0 Use your thumb for the [+] and [-] keys

See page 6 for finger position

Practice Finger PositionPractice Finger Position Clear the calculator by pressing [CE] and [] Set decimal selector to 0 Position the book at an angle so you can keep your

eyes on the problems while operating the key pad by touch

Curve your fingers and place them over the home row keys

Enter the digits from left to rightndash Enter 4 5 6 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 5 6 4 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 6 4 5 and tap the [+] key

Tap the total key [] to calculate the sum (1665)

Correcting ErrorsCorrecting Errors

Accuracy is extremely important Be aware when you have entered the wrong digits

Correcting errors before tapping the plus keymdashstrike the [CE] key once

The [rarr] is the last digit correction key Correcting errors after tapping the plus keymdashtap

the [-] key immediately before entering the next addend This will subtract the incorrect number from the total

Verifying and RecordingVerifying and RecordingYour AnswersYour Answers

Always check calculations for accuracy Record answer in space provided at end of each problemndash Printing mode Verify the calculations with the tape

entriesndash Display mode Repeat the problem in reverse addition

(add the numbers from bottom to top) If your answer is correct place a small checkmark

next to the first answer and record it on the answer sheet If your second answer is different write it next to first answer and calculate again Draw line through incorrect answers and record correct answer on the answer sheet

Problems 1-20Problems 1-20

Use the touch method to calculate problems 1 6 11 and 16 on p 9 two times (First time use tape second time use display and add from bottom up)

Remember to keep your eyes on the problems Develop the habit of using the total symbol on the

tape before beginning a problem See if you can increase your speed by keying in

the problem two times (Key the problem without the tape on first and then turn on the tape feature)

Complete rest of problems on p 9 on own

Special FeaturesSpecial Features

Repeating EntriesRepeating Entries

Allows a number to be entered only once It repeated by simply tapping the [+] key as many times as neededndash Enter 314 and tap the [+] key twicendash Enter 555 and tap the [+] key three timesndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 2293

Complete problems 21 and 22 (p 11) in class Complete problems 23-25 on own

Item CountItem Count

Counts the number of times [+] and [ndash] are tapped as a problem is calculated ndash Counts the number of times [+] is tapped and

subtracts 1 each time [ndash] is tappedndash Count is reset to zero when pressing the total

key []Set the selector on the [PIC] key to turned

on feature Calculate 45 [+] 56 [+] 21 [+] [] Note item count in left margin (It should be 3)

More Item Count PracticeMore Item Count Practice

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate the item count feature [PmiddotIC] Calculate 813 [+] 10 [+] 297 [+] 45 [+] [=] Did you get 1165 Look for the number 4 indicating the number of

entries in the problem Calculate problems 26 and 27 (p 11) in class

Grand Total FeatureGrand Total Feature

The grand total feature allows you to accumulate the answers to more than one problem

Set selector on P-IC GT and 0 decimal features

After you key your numbers tap the [GT] key on the left-hand side of the calculator

Use this feature when calculating multiple addition and subtract problems

Practice Grand TotalPractice Grand Total Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate grand total feature [GT] selector Calculate 34 [+] 189 [+] amp [] then continue

with next problem 735 [+] 206 [+] amp [] continue on to next problem 290 [+] 54 [+] amp []

Did you get 223 941 and 344 Obtain the grand total by tapping the [GT] key on

left-hand side Did you get 1508

Solving ProblemsSolving Problems

Calculate problems 28 and 29 (p 11) by putting the grand total amounts in d Do together in class

When solving problems 36-53 (Do on own)ndash When calculating problems 36-40 concentrate on

improving technique as you key No GT for thesendash Problems 41-46 you add the rows across and put the

grand total in 47ndash Problems 48-52 you add the columns down and put the

grand total in 53 ndash 47 amp 53 should be the same number

Learning Task 3Learning Task 3

Decimals

Decimal Place ValuesDecimal Place ValuesNumbers to the left of the decimal are whole

numbers Each place is ten times greater than the place to its right For number 36921983

3692(3 thousands 6 hundreds 9 tens 2 ones)

Digits to the right of the decimal indicate a part of the whole or a fraction of the whole Each place is ten times greater than the place to its left

1983(1 tenths 9 hundredths 8 thousandths 3 ten

thousandths)

Addition of DecimalsAddition of Decimals

Set the decimal selector to set the number of decimal places needed in your answer

Always determine the number of decimal places required before you begin your computations

Floating DecimalsFloating DecimalsThe floating position is used when answers

need to be carried out to the maximum places allowed by the calculator (F 0 1 2 3 6)

Mostly used when the entries have a different number of decimal places

Look for an [F] on the decimal selectorThe decimal position is not aligned on the

tape when the floating position is used

You must key in the decimal point

Practice Floating DecimalsPractice Floating Decimals Calculate problems 1 through 2

ndash Clear the calculatorndash Set Decimal Selector on F

Donrsquot forget to key in your decimal pointndash Enter 7987 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 465165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 132943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 104456 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 1501264

Calculate problems 3-8 on own (p 15)

Fixed DecimalsFixed Decimals

Use the fixed decimal position when the answer is to be carried out to a specific number of decimal places or when each entry has the same number of decimal places

Set the selector for the number of decimal places required

The decimal point is aligned on the tape when the fixed position is used

Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point

ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375

Calculate problems 11-16 on own

Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents

or when calculating problems with two decimal places

Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when

entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the

tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point

Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal

selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707

Calculate problems 19-24 on own

Learning Task 4Learning Task 4

Subtraction

SubtractionSubtraction

The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend

(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted

from the minuend)

Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own

Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals

ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places

ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals

ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)

ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class

Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a

small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)

When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer

Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red

Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in

parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own

Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature

The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations

The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry

For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places

Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class

Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature

Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number

Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape

Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add

Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class

Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all

answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered

The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key

When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key

Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762

ContCont

Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and

subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]

Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses

ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems

ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease

Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use

before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)

Calculator CodesCalculator Codes

The textbook will use the acronym ldquoDTCrdquo to indicate desktop calculator

FeaturesFeatures

Keys amp SymbolsKeys amp Symbols

[uarr] Paper Feed Key [rarr] Last Digit

Correction Key [GT] Grand Total Key [CE] Clear Entry Key [] Total Key [+=] Plus Equal Key [- =] Minus Equal Key

[] Non Add Key [loz] Subtotal Key [M+] Memory Add

Key [M-] Memory Subtract

Key [lozM] Memory

Subtotal Recall Key [M] Memory Total

Recall Key

Calculator FunctionsCalculator Functions

OffOn switchmdashLocator at dot when I in On position (print function not on)

PmdashPrint function PmiddotIC-Print Item Count

function GTmdashGrand Total

function KmdashConstant function

AmdashAdd Mode Function

54mdashRounding functionndash uarr answer is rounded upndash darr answer is rounded

down FmdashFloating decimal 6 3 2 1 0mdashDecimal

selector

Calculator TapesCalculator Tapes

Calculators equipped with tape and a display have a Print Selector ndash When activated a tape will print as you perform

calculationsndash When not activated calculations will appear in

the display onlyndash This is designated by the ldquoPrdquo on the top row If

you want to display only put selector on the dot

Decimal SelectorDecimal Selector

This gives you the option to choose the number of decimal places needed to calculate a problem

Different types includendash [A] or add mode is used when calculating problems

with two decimal placesndash [F] key (floating decimal) used when calculating

figures that donrsquot have the same decimal placesndash 0 1 2 3 6 are fixed decimals used when the entry has

the same number of decimal places

Clear KeyClear Key

Clear key (CE) clears data from the calculatorndash Clears only the last entryndash Clears only numbers that have not been entered

Always clear the calculator before entering a new problem by pushing total button [] twice

Learning Task 2Learning Task 2

Addition

Addition is the process of combining addends

(numbers to be added) to find a sum (total)

Plus KeyPlus Key

Plus Key is used to enter addends

Look for the [+=] key

Minus KeyMinus Key

Use the Minus Key to remove addends for incorrect entries

Look for the [- =] key

Total KeyTotal Key

Use the Total Key to print or display the answer to a problem

Look for the Total [] key

Touch MethodTouch Method10-key touch method means tapping the 0

through 9 keys on the 10-key pad without looking at the keypad

Curve the index middle and third fingers and place them over the home row (456 keys)

Keep the fingers located over the home row and extend out to tap numbers using the correct finger

Practice moving your fingers to the keys above and below the home row

Finger PositionFinger Position

If you are right-handed use the index finger for 7 4 1 Use the middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use the ring finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use the little finger for the [+] and [-] keys Use your thumb for 0

If you are left-handed use the index finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use ring finger for 7 4 1 Use little finger for 0 Use your thumb for the [+] and [-] keys

See page 6 for finger position

Practice Finger PositionPractice Finger Position Clear the calculator by pressing [CE] and [] Set decimal selector to 0 Position the book at an angle so you can keep your

eyes on the problems while operating the key pad by touch

Curve your fingers and place them over the home row keys

Enter the digits from left to rightndash Enter 4 5 6 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 5 6 4 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 6 4 5 and tap the [+] key

Tap the total key [] to calculate the sum (1665)

Correcting ErrorsCorrecting Errors

Accuracy is extremely important Be aware when you have entered the wrong digits

Correcting errors before tapping the plus keymdashstrike the [CE] key once

The [rarr] is the last digit correction key Correcting errors after tapping the plus keymdashtap

the [-] key immediately before entering the next addend This will subtract the incorrect number from the total

Verifying and RecordingVerifying and RecordingYour AnswersYour Answers

Always check calculations for accuracy Record answer in space provided at end of each problemndash Printing mode Verify the calculations with the tape

entriesndash Display mode Repeat the problem in reverse addition

(add the numbers from bottom to top) If your answer is correct place a small checkmark

next to the first answer and record it on the answer sheet If your second answer is different write it next to first answer and calculate again Draw line through incorrect answers and record correct answer on the answer sheet

Problems 1-20Problems 1-20

Use the touch method to calculate problems 1 6 11 and 16 on p 9 two times (First time use tape second time use display and add from bottom up)

Remember to keep your eyes on the problems Develop the habit of using the total symbol on the

tape before beginning a problem See if you can increase your speed by keying in

the problem two times (Key the problem without the tape on first and then turn on the tape feature)

Complete rest of problems on p 9 on own

Special FeaturesSpecial Features

Repeating EntriesRepeating Entries

Allows a number to be entered only once It repeated by simply tapping the [+] key as many times as neededndash Enter 314 and tap the [+] key twicendash Enter 555 and tap the [+] key three timesndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 2293

Complete problems 21 and 22 (p 11) in class Complete problems 23-25 on own

Item CountItem Count

Counts the number of times [+] and [ndash] are tapped as a problem is calculated ndash Counts the number of times [+] is tapped and

subtracts 1 each time [ndash] is tappedndash Count is reset to zero when pressing the total

key []Set the selector on the [PIC] key to turned

on feature Calculate 45 [+] 56 [+] 21 [+] [] Note item count in left margin (It should be 3)

More Item Count PracticeMore Item Count Practice

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate the item count feature [PmiddotIC] Calculate 813 [+] 10 [+] 297 [+] 45 [+] [=] Did you get 1165 Look for the number 4 indicating the number of

entries in the problem Calculate problems 26 and 27 (p 11) in class

Grand Total FeatureGrand Total Feature

The grand total feature allows you to accumulate the answers to more than one problem

Set selector on P-IC GT and 0 decimal features

After you key your numbers tap the [GT] key on the left-hand side of the calculator

Use this feature when calculating multiple addition and subtract problems

Practice Grand TotalPractice Grand Total Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate grand total feature [GT] selector Calculate 34 [+] 189 [+] amp [] then continue

with next problem 735 [+] 206 [+] amp [] continue on to next problem 290 [+] 54 [+] amp []

Did you get 223 941 and 344 Obtain the grand total by tapping the [GT] key on

left-hand side Did you get 1508

Solving ProblemsSolving Problems

Calculate problems 28 and 29 (p 11) by putting the grand total amounts in d Do together in class

When solving problems 36-53 (Do on own)ndash When calculating problems 36-40 concentrate on

improving technique as you key No GT for thesendash Problems 41-46 you add the rows across and put the

grand total in 47ndash Problems 48-52 you add the columns down and put the

grand total in 53 ndash 47 amp 53 should be the same number

Learning Task 3Learning Task 3

Decimals

Decimal Place ValuesDecimal Place ValuesNumbers to the left of the decimal are whole

numbers Each place is ten times greater than the place to its right For number 36921983

3692(3 thousands 6 hundreds 9 tens 2 ones)

Digits to the right of the decimal indicate a part of the whole or a fraction of the whole Each place is ten times greater than the place to its left

1983(1 tenths 9 hundredths 8 thousandths 3 ten

thousandths)

Addition of DecimalsAddition of Decimals

Set the decimal selector to set the number of decimal places needed in your answer

Always determine the number of decimal places required before you begin your computations

Floating DecimalsFloating DecimalsThe floating position is used when answers

need to be carried out to the maximum places allowed by the calculator (F 0 1 2 3 6)

Mostly used when the entries have a different number of decimal places

Look for an [F] on the decimal selectorThe decimal position is not aligned on the

tape when the floating position is used

You must key in the decimal point

Practice Floating DecimalsPractice Floating Decimals Calculate problems 1 through 2

ndash Clear the calculatorndash Set Decimal Selector on F

Donrsquot forget to key in your decimal pointndash Enter 7987 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 465165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 132943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 104456 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 1501264

Calculate problems 3-8 on own (p 15)

Fixed DecimalsFixed Decimals

Use the fixed decimal position when the answer is to be carried out to a specific number of decimal places or when each entry has the same number of decimal places

Set the selector for the number of decimal places required

The decimal point is aligned on the tape when the fixed position is used

Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point

ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375

Calculate problems 11-16 on own

Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents

or when calculating problems with two decimal places

Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when

entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the

tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point

Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal

selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707

Calculate problems 19-24 on own

Learning Task 4Learning Task 4

Subtraction

SubtractionSubtraction

The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend

(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted

from the minuend)

Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own

Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals

ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places

ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals

ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)

ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class

Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a

small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)

When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer

Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red

Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in

parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own

Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature

The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations

The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry

For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places

Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class

Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature

Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number

Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape

Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add

Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class

Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all

answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered

The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key

When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key

Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762

ContCont

Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and

subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]

Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses

ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems

ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease

Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use

before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)

FeaturesFeatures

Keys amp SymbolsKeys amp Symbols

[uarr] Paper Feed Key [rarr] Last Digit

Correction Key [GT] Grand Total Key [CE] Clear Entry Key [] Total Key [+=] Plus Equal Key [- =] Minus Equal Key

[] Non Add Key [loz] Subtotal Key [M+] Memory Add

Key [M-] Memory Subtract

Key [lozM] Memory

Subtotal Recall Key [M] Memory Total

Recall Key

Calculator FunctionsCalculator Functions

OffOn switchmdashLocator at dot when I in On position (print function not on)

PmdashPrint function PmiddotIC-Print Item Count

function GTmdashGrand Total

function KmdashConstant function

AmdashAdd Mode Function

54mdashRounding functionndash uarr answer is rounded upndash darr answer is rounded

down FmdashFloating decimal 6 3 2 1 0mdashDecimal

selector

Calculator TapesCalculator Tapes

Calculators equipped with tape and a display have a Print Selector ndash When activated a tape will print as you perform

calculationsndash When not activated calculations will appear in

the display onlyndash This is designated by the ldquoPrdquo on the top row If

you want to display only put selector on the dot

Decimal SelectorDecimal Selector

This gives you the option to choose the number of decimal places needed to calculate a problem

Different types includendash [A] or add mode is used when calculating problems

with two decimal placesndash [F] key (floating decimal) used when calculating

figures that donrsquot have the same decimal placesndash 0 1 2 3 6 are fixed decimals used when the entry has

the same number of decimal places

Clear KeyClear Key

Clear key (CE) clears data from the calculatorndash Clears only the last entryndash Clears only numbers that have not been entered

Always clear the calculator before entering a new problem by pushing total button [] twice

Learning Task 2Learning Task 2

Addition

Addition is the process of combining addends

(numbers to be added) to find a sum (total)

Plus KeyPlus Key

Plus Key is used to enter addends

Look for the [+=] key

Minus KeyMinus Key

Use the Minus Key to remove addends for incorrect entries

Look for the [- =] key

Total KeyTotal Key

Use the Total Key to print or display the answer to a problem

Look for the Total [] key

Touch MethodTouch Method10-key touch method means tapping the 0

through 9 keys on the 10-key pad without looking at the keypad

Curve the index middle and third fingers and place them over the home row (456 keys)

Keep the fingers located over the home row and extend out to tap numbers using the correct finger

Practice moving your fingers to the keys above and below the home row

Finger PositionFinger Position

If you are right-handed use the index finger for 7 4 1 Use the middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use the ring finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use the little finger for the [+] and [-] keys Use your thumb for 0

If you are left-handed use the index finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use ring finger for 7 4 1 Use little finger for 0 Use your thumb for the [+] and [-] keys

See page 6 for finger position

Practice Finger PositionPractice Finger Position Clear the calculator by pressing [CE] and [] Set decimal selector to 0 Position the book at an angle so you can keep your

eyes on the problems while operating the key pad by touch

Curve your fingers and place them over the home row keys

Enter the digits from left to rightndash Enter 4 5 6 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 5 6 4 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 6 4 5 and tap the [+] key

Tap the total key [] to calculate the sum (1665)

Correcting ErrorsCorrecting Errors

Accuracy is extremely important Be aware when you have entered the wrong digits

Correcting errors before tapping the plus keymdashstrike the [CE] key once

The [rarr] is the last digit correction key Correcting errors after tapping the plus keymdashtap

the [-] key immediately before entering the next addend This will subtract the incorrect number from the total

Verifying and RecordingVerifying and RecordingYour AnswersYour Answers

Always check calculations for accuracy Record answer in space provided at end of each problemndash Printing mode Verify the calculations with the tape

entriesndash Display mode Repeat the problem in reverse addition

(add the numbers from bottom to top) If your answer is correct place a small checkmark

next to the first answer and record it on the answer sheet If your second answer is different write it next to first answer and calculate again Draw line through incorrect answers and record correct answer on the answer sheet

Problems 1-20Problems 1-20

Use the touch method to calculate problems 1 6 11 and 16 on p 9 two times (First time use tape second time use display and add from bottom up)

Remember to keep your eyes on the problems Develop the habit of using the total symbol on the

tape before beginning a problem See if you can increase your speed by keying in

the problem two times (Key the problem without the tape on first and then turn on the tape feature)

Complete rest of problems on p 9 on own

Special FeaturesSpecial Features

Repeating EntriesRepeating Entries

Allows a number to be entered only once It repeated by simply tapping the [+] key as many times as neededndash Enter 314 and tap the [+] key twicendash Enter 555 and tap the [+] key three timesndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 2293

Complete problems 21 and 22 (p 11) in class Complete problems 23-25 on own

Item CountItem Count

Counts the number of times [+] and [ndash] are tapped as a problem is calculated ndash Counts the number of times [+] is tapped and

subtracts 1 each time [ndash] is tappedndash Count is reset to zero when pressing the total

key []Set the selector on the [PIC] key to turned

on feature Calculate 45 [+] 56 [+] 21 [+] [] Note item count in left margin (It should be 3)

More Item Count PracticeMore Item Count Practice

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate the item count feature [PmiddotIC] Calculate 813 [+] 10 [+] 297 [+] 45 [+] [=] Did you get 1165 Look for the number 4 indicating the number of

entries in the problem Calculate problems 26 and 27 (p 11) in class

Grand Total FeatureGrand Total Feature

The grand total feature allows you to accumulate the answers to more than one problem

Set selector on P-IC GT and 0 decimal features

After you key your numbers tap the [GT] key on the left-hand side of the calculator

Use this feature when calculating multiple addition and subtract problems

Practice Grand TotalPractice Grand Total Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate grand total feature [GT] selector Calculate 34 [+] 189 [+] amp [] then continue

with next problem 735 [+] 206 [+] amp [] continue on to next problem 290 [+] 54 [+] amp []

Did you get 223 941 and 344 Obtain the grand total by tapping the [GT] key on

left-hand side Did you get 1508

Solving ProblemsSolving Problems

Calculate problems 28 and 29 (p 11) by putting the grand total amounts in d Do together in class

When solving problems 36-53 (Do on own)ndash When calculating problems 36-40 concentrate on

improving technique as you key No GT for thesendash Problems 41-46 you add the rows across and put the

grand total in 47ndash Problems 48-52 you add the columns down and put the

grand total in 53 ndash 47 amp 53 should be the same number

Learning Task 3Learning Task 3

Decimals

Decimal Place ValuesDecimal Place ValuesNumbers to the left of the decimal are whole

numbers Each place is ten times greater than the place to its right For number 36921983

3692(3 thousands 6 hundreds 9 tens 2 ones)

Digits to the right of the decimal indicate a part of the whole or a fraction of the whole Each place is ten times greater than the place to its left

1983(1 tenths 9 hundredths 8 thousandths 3 ten

thousandths)

Addition of DecimalsAddition of Decimals

Set the decimal selector to set the number of decimal places needed in your answer

Always determine the number of decimal places required before you begin your computations

Floating DecimalsFloating DecimalsThe floating position is used when answers

need to be carried out to the maximum places allowed by the calculator (F 0 1 2 3 6)

Mostly used when the entries have a different number of decimal places

Look for an [F] on the decimal selectorThe decimal position is not aligned on the

tape when the floating position is used

You must key in the decimal point

Practice Floating DecimalsPractice Floating Decimals Calculate problems 1 through 2

ndash Clear the calculatorndash Set Decimal Selector on F

Donrsquot forget to key in your decimal pointndash Enter 7987 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 465165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 132943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 104456 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 1501264

Calculate problems 3-8 on own (p 15)

Fixed DecimalsFixed Decimals

Use the fixed decimal position when the answer is to be carried out to a specific number of decimal places or when each entry has the same number of decimal places

Set the selector for the number of decimal places required

The decimal point is aligned on the tape when the fixed position is used

Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point

ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375

Calculate problems 11-16 on own

Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents

or when calculating problems with two decimal places

Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when

entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the

tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point

Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal

selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707

Calculate problems 19-24 on own

Learning Task 4Learning Task 4

Subtraction

SubtractionSubtraction

The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend

(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted

from the minuend)

Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own

Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals

ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places

ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals

ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)

ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class

Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a

small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)

When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer

Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red

Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in

parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own

Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature

The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations

The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry

For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places

Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class

Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature

Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number

Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape

Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add

Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class

Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all

answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered

The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key

When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key

Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762

ContCont

Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and

subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]

Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses

ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems

ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease

Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use

before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)

Keys amp SymbolsKeys amp Symbols

[uarr] Paper Feed Key [rarr] Last Digit

Correction Key [GT] Grand Total Key [CE] Clear Entry Key [] Total Key [+=] Plus Equal Key [- =] Minus Equal Key

[] Non Add Key [loz] Subtotal Key [M+] Memory Add

Key [M-] Memory Subtract

Key [lozM] Memory

Subtotal Recall Key [M] Memory Total

Recall Key

Calculator FunctionsCalculator Functions

OffOn switchmdashLocator at dot when I in On position (print function not on)

PmdashPrint function PmiddotIC-Print Item Count

function GTmdashGrand Total

function KmdashConstant function

AmdashAdd Mode Function

54mdashRounding functionndash uarr answer is rounded upndash darr answer is rounded

down FmdashFloating decimal 6 3 2 1 0mdashDecimal

selector

Calculator TapesCalculator Tapes

Calculators equipped with tape and a display have a Print Selector ndash When activated a tape will print as you perform

calculationsndash When not activated calculations will appear in

the display onlyndash This is designated by the ldquoPrdquo on the top row If

you want to display only put selector on the dot

Decimal SelectorDecimal Selector

This gives you the option to choose the number of decimal places needed to calculate a problem

Different types includendash [A] or add mode is used when calculating problems

with two decimal placesndash [F] key (floating decimal) used when calculating

figures that donrsquot have the same decimal placesndash 0 1 2 3 6 are fixed decimals used when the entry has

the same number of decimal places

Clear KeyClear Key

Clear key (CE) clears data from the calculatorndash Clears only the last entryndash Clears only numbers that have not been entered

Always clear the calculator before entering a new problem by pushing total button [] twice

Learning Task 2Learning Task 2

Addition

Addition is the process of combining addends

(numbers to be added) to find a sum (total)

Plus KeyPlus Key

Plus Key is used to enter addends

Look for the [+=] key

Minus KeyMinus Key

Use the Minus Key to remove addends for incorrect entries

Look for the [- =] key

Total KeyTotal Key

Use the Total Key to print or display the answer to a problem

Look for the Total [] key

Touch MethodTouch Method10-key touch method means tapping the 0

through 9 keys on the 10-key pad without looking at the keypad

Curve the index middle and third fingers and place them over the home row (456 keys)

Keep the fingers located over the home row and extend out to tap numbers using the correct finger

Practice moving your fingers to the keys above and below the home row

Finger PositionFinger Position

If you are right-handed use the index finger for 7 4 1 Use the middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use the ring finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use the little finger for the [+] and [-] keys Use your thumb for 0

If you are left-handed use the index finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use ring finger for 7 4 1 Use little finger for 0 Use your thumb for the [+] and [-] keys

See page 6 for finger position

Practice Finger PositionPractice Finger Position Clear the calculator by pressing [CE] and [] Set decimal selector to 0 Position the book at an angle so you can keep your

eyes on the problems while operating the key pad by touch

Curve your fingers and place them over the home row keys

Enter the digits from left to rightndash Enter 4 5 6 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 5 6 4 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 6 4 5 and tap the [+] key

Tap the total key [] to calculate the sum (1665)

Correcting ErrorsCorrecting Errors

Accuracy is extremely important Be aware when you have entered the wrong digits

Correcting errors before tapping the plus keymdashstrike the [CE] key once

The [rarr] is the last digit correction key Correcting errors after tapping the plus keymdashtap

the [-] key immediately before entering the next addend This will subtract the incorrect number from the total

Verifying and RecordingVerifying and RecordingYour AnswersYour Answers

Always check calculations for accuracy Record answer in space provided at end of each problemndash Printing mode Verify the calculations with the tape

entriesndash Display mode Repeat the problem in reverse addition

(add the numbers from bottom to top) If your answer is correct place a small checkmark

next to the first answer and record it on the answer sheet If your second answer is different write it next to first answer and calculate again Draw line through incorrect answers and record correct answer on the answer sheet

Problems 1-20Problems 1-20

Use the touch method to calculate problems 1 6 11 and 16 on p 9 two times (First time use tape second time use display and add from bottom up)

Remember to keep your eyes on the problems Develop the habit of using the total symbol on the

tape before beginning a problem See if you can increase your speed by keying in

the problem two times (Key the problem without the tape on first and then turn on the tape feature)

Complete rest of problems on p 9 on own

Special FeaturesSpecial Features

Repeating EntriesRepeating Entries

Allows a number to be entered only once It repeated by simply tapping the [+] key as many times as neededndash Enter 314 and tap the [+] key twicendash Enter 555 and tap the [+] key three timesndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 2293

Complete problems 21 and 22 (p 11) in class Complete problems 23-25 on own

Item CountItem Count

Counts the number of times [+] and [ndash] are tapped as a problem is calculated ndash Counts the number of times [+] is tapped and

subtracts 1 each time [ndash] is tappedndash Count is reset to zero when pressing the total

key []Set the selector on the [PIC] key to turned

on feature Calculate 45 [+] 56 [+] 21 [+] [] Note item count in left margin (It should be 3)

More Item Count PracticeMore Item Count Practice

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate the item count feature [PmiddotIC] Calculate 813 [+] 10 [+] 297 [+] 45 [+] [=] Did you get 1165 Look for the number 4 indicating the number of

entries in the problem Calculate problems 26 and 27 (p 11) in class

Grand Total FeatureGrand Total Feature

The grand total feature allows you to accumulate the answers to more than one problem

Set selector on P-IC GT and 0 decimal features

After you key your numbers tap the [GT] key on the left-hand side of the calculator

Use this feature when calculating multiple addition and subtract problems

Practice Grand TotalPractice Grand Total Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate grand total feature [GT] selector Calculate 34 [+] 189 [+] amp [] then continue

with next problem 735 [+] 206 [+] amp [] continue on to next problem 290 [+] 54 [+] amp []

Did you get 223 941 and 344 Obtain the grand total by tapping the [GT] key on

left-hand side Did you get 1508

Solving ProblemsSolving Problems

Calculate problems 28 and 29 (p 11) by putting the grand total amounts in d Do together in class

When solving problems 36-53 (Do on own)ndash When calculating problems 36-40 concentrate on

improving technique as you key No GT for thesendash Problems 41-46 you add the rows across and put the

grand total in 47ndash Problems 48-52 you add the columns down and put the

grand total in 53 ndash 47 amp 53 should be the same number

Learning Task 3Learning Task 3

Decimals

Decimal Place ValuesDecimal Place ValuesNumbers to the left of the decimal are whole

numbers Each place is ten times greater than the place to its right For number 36921983

3692(3 thousands 6 hundreds 9 tens 2 ones)

Digits to the right of the decimal indicate a part of the whole or a fraction of the whole Each place is ten times greater than the place to its left

1983(1 tenths 9 hundredths 8 thousandths 3 ten

thousandths)

Addition of DecimalsAddition of Decimals

Set the decimal selector to set the number of decimal places needed in your answer

Always determine the number of decimal places required before you begin your computations

Floating DecimalsFloating DecimalsThe floating position is used when answers

need to be carried out to the maximum places allowed by the calculator (F 0 1 2 3 6)

Mostly used when the entries have a different number of decimal places

Look for an [F] on the decimal selectorThe decimal position is not aligned on the

tape when the floating position is used

You must key in the decimal point

Practice Floating DecimalsPractice Floating Decimals Calculate problems 1 through 2

ndash Clear the calculatorndash Set Decimal Selector on F

Donrsquot forget to key in your decimal pointndash Enter 7987 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 465165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 132943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 104456 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 1501264

Calculate problems 3-8 on own (p 15)

Fixed DecimalsFixed Decimals

Use the fixed decimal position when the answer is to be carried out to a specific number of decimal places or when each entry has the same number of decimal places

Set the selector for the number of decimal places required

The decimal point is aligned on the tape when the fixed position is used

Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point

ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375

Calculate problems 11-16 on own

Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents

or when calculating problems with two decimal places

Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when

entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the

tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point

Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal

selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707

Calculate problems 19-24 on own

Learning Task 4Learning Task 4

Subtraction

SubtractionSubtraction

The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend

(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted

from the minuend)

Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own

Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals

ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places

ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals

ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)

ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class

Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a

small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)

When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer

Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red

Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in

parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own

Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature

The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations

The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry

For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places

Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class

Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature

Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number

Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape

Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add

Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class

Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all

answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered

The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key

When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key

Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762

ContCont

Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and

subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]

Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses

ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems

ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease

Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use

before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)

Calculator FunctionsCalculator Functions

OffOn switchmdashLocator at dot when I in On position (print function not on)

PmdashPrint function PmiddotIC-Print Item Count

function GTmdashGrand Total

function KmdashConstant function

AmdashAdd Mode Function

54mdashRounding functionndash uarr answer is rounded upndash darr answer is rounded

down FmdashFloating decimal 6 3 2 1 0mdashDecimal

selector

Calculator TapesCalculator Tapes

Calculators equipped with tape and a display have a Print Selector ndash When activated a tape will print as you perform

calculationsndash When not activated calculations will appear in

the display onlyndash This is designated by the ldquoPrdquo on the top row If

you want to display only put selector on the dot

Decimal SelectorDecimal Selector

This gives you the option to choose the number of decimal places needed to calculate a problem

Different types includendash [A] or add mode is used when calculating problems

with two decimal placesndash [F] key (floating decimal) used when calculating

figures that donrsquot have the same decimal placesndash 0 1 2 3 6 are fixed decimals used when the entry has

the same number of decimal places

Clear KeyClear Key

Clear key (CE) clears data from the calculatorndash Clears only the last entryndash Clears only numbers that have not been entered

Always clear the calculator before entering a new problem by pushing total button [] twice

Learning Task 2Learning Task 2

Addition

Addition is the process of combining addends

(numbers to be added) to find a sum (total)

Plus KeyPlus Key

Plus Key is used to enter addends

Look for the [+=] key

Minus KeyMinus Key

Use the Minus Key to remove addends for incorrect entries

Look for the [- =] key

Total KeyTotal Key

Use the Total Key to print or display the answer to a problem

Look for the Total [] key

Touch MethodTouch Method10-key touch method means tapping the 0

through 9 keys on the 10-key pad without looking at the keypad

Curve the index middle and third fingers and place them over the home row (456 keys)

Keep the fingers located over the home row and extend out to tap numbers using the correct finger

Practice moving your fingers to the keys above and below the home row

Finger PositionFinger Position

If you are right-handed use the index finger for 7 4 1 Use the middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use the ring finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use the little finger for the [+] and [-] keys Use your thumb for 0

If you are left-handed use the index finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use ring finger for 7 4 1 Use little finger for 0 Use your thumb for the [+] and [-] keys

See page 6 for finger position

Practice Finger PositionPractice Finger Position Clear the calculator by pressing [CE] and [] Set decimal selector to 0 Position the book at an angle so you can keep your

eyes on the problems while operating the key pad by touch

Curve your fingers and place them over the home row keys

Enter the digits from left to rightndash Enter 4 5 6 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 5 6 4 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 6 4 5 and tap the [+] key

Tap the total key [] to calculate the sum (1665)

Correcting ErrorsCorrecting Errors

Accuracy is extremely important Be aware when you have entered the wrong digits

Correcting errors before tapping the plus keymdashstrike the [CE] key once

The [rarr] is the last digit correction key Correcting errors after tapping the plus keymdashtap

the [-] key immediately before entering the next addend This will subtract the incorrect number from the total

Verifying and RecordingVerifying and RecordingYour AnswersYour Answers

Always check calculations for accuracy Record answer in space provided at end of each problemndash Printing mode Verify the calculations with the tape

entriesndash Display mode Repeat the problem in reverse addition

(add the numbers from bottom to top) If your answer is correct place a small checkmark

next to the first answer and record it on the answer sheet If your second answer is different write it next to first answer and calculate again Draw line through incorrect answers and record correct answer on the answer sheet

Problems 1-20Problems 1-20

Use the touch method to calculate problems 1 6 11 and 16 on p 9 two times (First time use tape second time use display and add from bottom up)

Remember to keep your eyes on the problems Develop the habit of using the total symbol on the

tape before beginning a problem See if you can increase your speed by keying in

the problem two times (Key the problem without the tape on first and then turn on the tape feature)

Complete rest of problems on p 9 on own

Special FeaturesSpecial Features

Repeating EntriesRepeating Entries

Allows a number to be entered only once It repeated by simply tapping the [+] key as many times as neededndash Enter 314 and tap the [+] key twicendash Enter 555 and tap the [+] key three timesndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 2293

Complete problems 21 and 22 (p 11) in class Complete problems 23-25 on own

Item CountItem Count

Counts the number of times [+] and [ndash] are tapped as a problem is calculated ndash Counts the number of times [+] is tapped and

subtracts 1 each time [ndash] is tappedndash Count is reset to zero when pressing the total

key []Set the selector on the [PIC] key to turned

on feature Calculate 45 [+] 56 [+] 21 [+] [] Note item count in left margin (It should be 3)

More Item Count PracticeMore Item Count Practice

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate the item count feature [PmiddotIC] Calculate 813 [+] 10 [+] 297 [+] 45 [+] [=] Did you get 1165 Look for the number 4 indicating the number of

entries in the problem Calculate problems 26 and 27 (p 11) in class

Grand Total FeatureGrand Total Feature

The grand total feature allows you to accumulate the answers to more than one problem

Set selector on P-IC GT and 0 decimal features

After you key your numbers tap the [GT] key on the left-hand side of the calculator

Use this feature when calculating multiple addition and subtract problems

Practice Grand TotalPractice Grand Total Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate grand total feature [GT] selector Calculate 34 [+] 189 [+] amp [] then continue

with next problem 735 [+] 206 [+] amp [] continue on to next problem 290 [+] 54 [+] amp []

Did you get 223 941 and 344 Obtain the grand total by tapping the [GT] key on

left-hand side Did you get 1508

Solving ProblemsSolving Problems

Calculate problems 28 and 29 (p 11) by putting the grand total amounts in d Do together in class

When solving problems 36-53 (Do on own)ndash When calculating problems 36-40 concentrate on

improving technique as you key No GT for thesendash Problems 41-46 you add the rows across and put the

grand total in 47ndash Problems 48-52 you add the columns down and put the

grand total in 53 ndash 47 amp 53 should be the same number

Learning Task 3Learning Task 3

Decimals

Decimal Place ValuesDecimal Place ValuesNumbers to the left of the decimal are whole

numbers Each place is ten times greater than the place to its right For number 36921983

3692(3 thousands 6 hundreds 9 tens 2 ones)

Digits to the right of the decimal indicate a part of the whole or a fraction of the whole Each place is ten times greater than the place to its left

1983(1 tenths 9 hundredths 8 thousandths 3 ten

thousandths)

Addition of DecimalsAddition of Decimals

Set the decimal selector to set the number of decimal places needed in your answer

Always determine the number of decimal places required before you begin your computations

Floating DecimalsFloating DecimalsThe floating position is used when answers

need to be carried out to the maximum places allowed by the calculator (F 0 1 2 3 6)

Mostly used when the entries have a different number of decimal places

Look for an [F] on the decimal selectorThe decimal position is not aligned on the

tape when the floating position is used

You must key in the decimal point

Practice Floating DecimalsPractice Floating Decimals Calculate problems 1 through 2

ndash Clear the calculatorndash Set Decimal Selector on F

Donrsquot forget to key in your decimal pointndash Enter 7987 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 465165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 132943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 104456 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 1501264

Calculate problems 3-8 on own (p 15)

Fixed DecimalsFixed Decimals

Use the fixed decimal position when the answer is to be carried out to a specific number of decimal places or when each entry has the same number of decimal places

Set the selector for the number of decimal places required

The decimal point is aligned on the tape when the fixed position is used

Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point

ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375

Calculate problems 11-16 on own

Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents

or when calculating problems with two decimal places

Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when

entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the

tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point

Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal

selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707

Calculate problems 19-24 on own

Learning Task 4Learning Task 4

Subtraction

SubtractionSubtraction

The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend

(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted

from the minuend)

Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own

Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals

ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places

ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals

ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)

ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class

Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a

small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)

When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer

Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red

Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in

parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own

Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature

The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations

The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry

For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places

Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class

Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature

Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number

Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape

Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add

Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class

Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all

answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered

The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key

When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key

Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762

ContCont

Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and

subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]

Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses

ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems

ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease

Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use

before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)

Calculator TapesCalculator Tapes

Calculators equipped with tape and a display have a Print Selector ndash When activated a tape will print as you perform

calculationsndash When not activated calculations will appear in

the display onlyndash This is designated by the ldquoPrdquo on the top row If

you want to display only put selector on the dot

Decimal SelectorDecimal Selector

This gives you the option to choose the number of decimal places needed to calculate a problem

Different types includendash [A] or add mode is used when calculating problems

with two decimal placesndash [F] key (floating decimal) used when calculating

figures that donrsquot have the same decimal placesndash 0 1 2 3 6 are fixed decimals used when the entry has

the same number of decimal places

Clear KeyClear Key

Clear key (CE) clears data from the calculatorndash Clears only the last entryndash Clears only numbers that have not been entered

Always clear the calculator before entering a new problem by pushing total button [] twice

Learning Task 2Learning Task 2

Addition

Addition is the process of combining addends

(numbers to be added) to find a sum (total)

Plus KeyPlus Key

Plus Key is used to enter addends

Look for the [+=] key

Minus KeyMinus Key

Use the Minus Key to remove addends for incorrect entries

Look for the [- =] key

Total KeyTotal Key

Use the Total Key to print or display the answer to a problem

Look for the Total [] key

Touch MethodTouch Method10-key touch method means tapping the 0

through 9 keys on the 10-key pad without looking at the keypad

Curve the index middle and third fingers and place them over the home row (456 keys)

Keep the fingers located over the home row and extend out to tap numbers using the correct finger

Practice moving your fingers to the keys above and below the home row

Finger PositionFinger Position

If you are right-handed use the index finger for 7 4 1 Use the middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use the ring finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use the little finger for the [+] and [-] keys Use your thumb for 0

If you are left-handed use the index finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use ring finger for 7 4 1 Use little finger for 0 Use your thumb for the [+] and [-] keys

See page 6 for finger position

Practice Finger PositionPractice Finger Position Clear the calculator by pressing [CE] and [] Set decimal selector to 0 Position the book at an angle so you can keep your

eyes on the problems while operating the key pad by touch

Curve your fingers and place them over the home row keys

Enter the digits from left to rightndash Enter 4 5 6 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 5 6 4 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 6 4 5 and tap the [+] key

Tap the total key [] to calculate the sum (1665)

Correcting ErrorsCorrecting Errors

Accuracy is extremely important Be aware when you have entered the wrong digits

Correcting errors before tapping the plus keymdashstrike the [CE] key once

The [rarr] is the last digit correction key Correcting errors after tapping the plus keymdashtap

the [-] key immediately before entering the next addend This will subtract the incorrect number from the total

Verifying and RecordingVerifying and RecordingYour AnswersYour Answers

Always check calculations for accuracy Record answer in space provided at end of each problemndash Printing mode Verify the calculations with the tape

entriesndash Display mode Repeat the problem in reverse addition

(add the numbers from bottom to top) If your answer is correct place a small checkmark

next to the first answer and record it on the answer sheet If your second answer is different write it next to first answer and calculate again Draw line through incorrect answers and record correct answer on the answer sheet

Problems 1-20Problems 1-20

Use the touch method to calculate problems 1 6 11 and 16 on p 9 two times (First time use tape second time use display and add from bottom up)

Remember to keep your eyes on the problems Develop the habit of using the total symbol on the

tape before beginning a problem See if you can increase your speed by keying in

the problem two times (Key the problem without the tape on first and then turn on the tape feature)

Complete rest of problems on p 9 on own

Special FeaturesSpecial Features

Repeating EntriesRepeating Entries

Allows a number to be entered only once It repeated by simply tapping the [+] key as many times as neededndash Enter 314 and tap the [+] key twicendash Enter 555 and tap the [+] key three timesndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 2293

Complete problems 21 and 22 (p 11) in class Complete problems 23-25 on own

Item CountItem Count

Counts the number of times [+] and [ndash] are tapped as a problem is calculated ndash Counts the number of times [+] is tapped and

subtracts 1 each time [ndash] is tappedndash Count is reset to zero when pressing the total

key []Set the selector on the [PIC] key to turned

on feature Calculate 45 [+] 56 [+] 21 [+] [] Note item count in left margin (It should be 3)

More Item Count PracticeMore Item Count Practice

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate the item count feature [PmiddotIC] Calculate 813 [+] 10 [+] 297 [+] 45 [+] [=] Did you get 1165 Look for the number 4 indicating the number of

entries in the problem Calculate problems 26 and 27 (p 11) in class

Grand Total FeatureGrand Total Feature

The grand total feature allows you to accumulate the answers to more than one problem

Set selector on P-IC GT and 0 decimal features

After you key your numbers tap the [GT] key on the left-hand side of the calculator

Use this feature when calculating multiple addition and subtract problems

Practice Grand TotalPractice Grand Total Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate grand total feature [GT] selector Calculate 34 [+] 189 [+] amp [] then continue

with next problem 735 [+] 206 [+] amp [] continue on to next problem 290 [+] 54 [+] amp []

Did you get 223 941 and 344 Obtain the grand total by tapping the [GT] key on

left-hand side Did you get 1508

Solving ProblemsSolving Problems

Calculate problems 28 and 29 (p 11) by putting the grand total amounts in d Do together in class

When solving problems 36-53 (Do on own)ndash When calculating problems 36-40 concentrate on

improving technique as you key No GT for thesendash Problems 41-46 you add the rows across and put the

grand total in 47ndash Problems 48-52 you add the columns down and put the

grand total in 53 ndash 47 amp 53 should be the same number

Learning Task 3Learning Task 3

Decimals

Decimal Place ValuesDecimal Place ValuesNumbers to the left of the decimal are whole

numbers Each place is ten times greater than the place to its right For number 36921983

3692(3 thousands 6 hundreds 9 tens 2 ones)

Digits to the right of the decimal indicate a part of the whole or a fraction of the whole Each place is ten times greater than the place to its left

1983(1 tenths 9 hundredths 8 thousandths 3 ten

thousandths)

Addition of DecimalsAddition of Decimals

Set the decimal selector to set the number of decimal places needed in your answer

Always determine the number of decimal places required before you begin your computations

Floating DecimalsFloating DecimalsThe floating position is used when answers

need to be carried out to the maximum places allowed by the calculator (F 0 1 2 3 6)

Mostly used when the entries have a different number of decimal places

Look for an [F] on the decimal selectorThe decimal position is not aligned on the

tape when the floating position is used

You must key in the decimal point

Practice Floating DecimalsPractice Floating Decimals Calculate problems 1 through 2

ndash Clear the calculatorndash Set Decimal Selector on F

Donrsquot forget to key in your decimal pointndash Enter 7987 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 465165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 132943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 104456 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 1501264

Calculate problems 3-8 on own (p 15)

Fixed DecimalsFixed Decimals

Use the fixed decimal position when the answer is to be carried out to a specific number of decimal places or when each entry has the same number of decimal places

Set the selector for the number of decimal places required

The decimal point is aligned on the tape when the fixed position is used

Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point

ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375

Calculate problems 11-16 on own

Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents

or when calculating problems with two decimal places

Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when

entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the

tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point

Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal

selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707

Calculate problems 19-24 on own

Learning Task 4Learning Task 4

Subtraction

SubtractionSubtraction

The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend

(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted

from the minuend)

Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own

Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals

ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places

ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals

ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)

ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class

Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a

small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)

When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer

Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red

Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in

parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own

Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature

The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations

The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry

For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places

Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class

Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature

Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number

Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape

Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add

Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class

Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all

answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered

The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key

When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key

Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762

ContCont

Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and

subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]

Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses

ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems

ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease

Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use

before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)

Decimal SelectorDecimal Selector

This gives you the option to choose the number of decimal places needed to calculate a problem

Different types includendash [A] or add mode is used when calculating problems

with two decimal placesndash [F] key (floating decimal) used when calculating

figures that donrsquot have the same decimal placesndash 0 1 2 3 6 are fixed decimals used when the entry has

the same number of decimal places

Clear KeyClear Key

Clear key (CE) clears data from the calculatorndash Clears only the last entryndash Clears only numbers that have not been entered

Always clear the calculator before entering a new problem by pushing total button [] twice

Learning Task 2Learning Task 2

Addition

Addition is the process of combining addends

(numbers to be added) to find a sum (total)

Plus KeyPlus Key

Plus Key is used to enter addends

Look for the [+=] key

Minus KeyMinus Key

Use the Minus Key to remove addends for incorrect entries

Look for the [- =] key

Total KeyTotal Key

Use the Total Key to print or display the answer to a problem

Look for the Total [] key

Touch MethodTouch Method10-key touch method means tapping the 0

through 9 keys on the 10-key pad without looking at the keypad

Curve the index middle and third fingers and place them over the home row (456 keys)

Keep the fingers located over the home row and extend out to tap numbers using the correct finger

Practice moving your fingers to the keys above and below the home row

Finger PositionFinger Position

If you are right-handed use the index finger for 7 4 1 Use the middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use the ring finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use the little finger for the [+] and [-] keys Use your thumb for 0

If you are left-handed use the index finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use ring finger for 7 4 1 Use little finger for 0 Use your thumb for the [+] and [-] keys

See page 6 for finger position

Practice Finger PositionPractice Finger Position Clear the calculator by pressing [CE] and [] Set decimal selector to 0 Position the book at an angle so you can keep your

eyes on the problems while operating the key pad by touch

Curve your fingers and place them over the home row keys

Enter the digits from left to rightndash Enter 4 5 6 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 5 6 4 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 6 4 5 and tap the [+] key

Tap the total key [] to calculate the sum (1665)

Correcting ErrorsCorrecting Errors

Accuracy is extremely important Be aware when you have entered the wrong digits

Correcting errors before tapping the plus keymdashstrike the [CE] key once

The [rarr] is the last digit correction key Correcting errors after tapping the plus keymdashtap

the [-] key immediately before entering the next addend This will subtract the incorrect number from the total

Verifying and RecordingVerifying and RecordingYour AnswersYour Answers

Always check calculations for accuracy Record answer in space provided at end of each problemndash Printing mode Verify the calculations with the tape

entriesndash Display mode Repeat the problem in reverse addition

(add the numbers from bottom to top) If your answer is correct place a small checkmark

next to the first answer and record it on the answer sheet If your second answer is different write it next to first answer and calculate again Draw line through incorrect answers and record correct answer on the answer sheet

Problems 1-20Problems 1-20

Use the touch method to calculate problems 1 6 11 and 16 on p 9 two times (First time use tape second time use display and add from bottom up)

Remember to keep your eyes on the problems Develop the habit of using the total symbol on the

tape before beginning a problem See if you can increase your speed by keying in

the problem two times (Key the problem without the tape on first and then turn on the tape feature)

Complete rest of problems on p 9 on own

Special FeaturesSpecial Features

Repeating EntriesRepeating Entries

Allows a number to be entered only once It repeated by simply tapping the [+] key as many times as neededndash Enter 314 and tap the [+] key twicendash Enter 555 and tap the [+] key three timesndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 2293

Complete problems 21 and 22 (p 11) in class Complete problems 23-25 on own

Item CountItem Count

Counts the number of times [+] and [ndash] are tapped as a problem is calculated ndash Counts the number of times [+] is tapped and

subtracts 1 each time [ndash] is tappedndash Count is reset to zero when pressing the total

key []Set the selector on the [PIC] key to turned

on feature Calculate 45 [+] 56 [+] 21 [+] [] Note item count in left margin (It should be 3)

More Item Count PracticeMore Item Count Practice

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate the item count feature [PmiddotIC] Calculate 813 [+] 10 [+] 297 [+] 45 [+] [=] Did you get 1165 Look for the number 4 indicating the number of

entries in the problem Calculate problems 26 and 27 (p 11) in class

Grand Total FeatureGrand Total Feature

The grand total feature allows you to accumulate the answers to more than one problem

Set selector on P-IC GT and 0 decimal features

After you key your numbers tap the [GT] key on the left-hand side of the calculator

Use this feature when calculating multiple addition and subtract problems

Practice Grand TotalPractice Grand Total Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate grand total feature [GT] selector Calculate 34 [+] 189 [+] amp [] then continue

with next problem 735 [+] 206 [+] amp [] continue on to next problem 290 [+] 54 [+] amp []

Did you get 223 941 and 344 Obtain the grand total by tapping the [GT] key on

left-hand side Did you get 1508

Solving ProblemsSolving Problems

Calculate problems 28 and 29 (p 11) by putting the grand total amounts in d Do together in class

When solving problems 36-53 (Do on own)ndash When calculating problems 36-40 concentrate on

improving technique as you key No GT for thesendash Problems 41-46 you add the rows across and put the

grand total in 47ndash Problems 48-52 you add the columns down and put the

grand total in 53 ndash 47 amp 53 should be the same number

Learning Task 3Learning Task 3

Decimals

Decimal Place ValuesDecimal Place ValuesNumbers to the left of the decimal are whole

numbers Each place is ten times greater than the place to its right For number 36921983

3692(3 thousands 6 hundreds 9 tens 2 ones)

Digits to the right of the decimal indicate a part of the whole or a fraction of the whole Each place is ten times greater than the place to its left

1983(1 tenths 9 hundredths 8 thousandths 3 ten

thousandths)

Addition of DecimalsAddition of Decimals

Set the decimal selector to set the number of decimal places needed in your answer

Always determine the number of decimal places required before you begin your computations

Floating DecimalsFloating DecimalsThe floating position is used when answers

need to be carried out to the maximum places allowed by the calculator (F 0 1 2 3 6)

Mostly used when the entries have a different number of decimal places

Look for an [F] on the decimal selectorThe decimal position is not aligned on the

tape when the floating position is used

You must key in the decimal point

Practice Floating DecimalsPractice Floating Decimals Calculate problems 1 through 2

ndash Clear the calculatorndash Set Decimal Selector on F

Donrsquot forget to key in your decimal pointndash Enter 7987 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 465165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 132943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 104456 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 1501264

Calculate problems 3-8 on own (p 15)

Fixed DecimalsFixed Decimals

Use the fixed decimal position when the answer is to be carried out to a specific number of decimal places or when each entry has the same number of decimal places

Set the selector for the number of decimal places required

The decimal point is aligned on the tape when the fixed position is used

Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point

ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375

Calculate problems 11-16 on own

Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents

or when calculating problems with two decimal places

Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when

entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the

tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point

Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal

selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707

Calculate problems 19-24 on own

Learning Task 4Learning Task 4

Subtraction

SubtractionSubtraction

The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend

(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted

from the minuend)

Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own

Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals

ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places

ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals

ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)

ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class

Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a

small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)

When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer

Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red

Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in

parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own

Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature

The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations

The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry

For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places

Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class

Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature

Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number

Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape

Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add

Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class

Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all

answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered

The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key

When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key

Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762

ContCont

Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and

subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]

Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses

ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems

ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease

Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use

before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)

Clear KeyClear Key

Clear key (CE) clears data from the calculatorndash Clears only the last entryndash Clears only numbers that have not been entered

Always clear the calculator before entering a new problem by pushing total button [] twice

Learning Task 2Learning Task 2

Addition

Addition is the process of combining addends

(numbers to be added) to find a sum (total)

Plus KeyPlus Key

Plus Key is used to enter addends

Look for the [+=] key

Minus KeyMinus Key

Use the Minus Key to remove addends for incorrect entries

Look for the [- =] key

Total KeyTotal Key

Use the Total Key to print or display the answer to a problem

Look for the Total [] key

Touch MethodTouch Method10-key touch method means tapping the 0

through 9 keys on the 10-key pad without looking at the keypad

Curve the index middle and third fingers and place them over the home row (456 keys)

Keep the fingers located over the home row and extend out to tap numbers using the correct finger

Practice moving your fingers to the keys above and below the home row

Finger PositionFinger Position

If you are right-handed use the index finger for 7 4 1 Use the middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use the ring finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use the little finger for the [+] and [-] keys Use your thumb for 0

If you are left-handed use the index finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use ring finger for 7 4 1 Use little finger for 0 Use your thumb for the [+] and [-] keys

See page 6 for finger position

Practice Finger PositionPractice Finger Position Clear the calculator by pressing [CE] and [] Set decimal selector to 0 Position the book at an angle so you can keep your

eyes on the problems while operating the key pad by touch

Curve your fingers and place them over the home row keys

Enter the digits from left to rightndash Enter 4 5 6 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 5 6 4 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 6 4 5 and tap the [+] key

Tap the total key [] to calculate the sum (1665)

Correcting ErrorsCorrecting Errors

Accuracy is extremely important Be aware when you have entered the wrong digits

Correcting errors before tapping the plus keymdashstrike the [CE] key once

The [rarr] is the last digit correction key Correcting errors after tapping the plus keymdashtap

the [-] key immediately before entering the next addend This will subtract the incorrect number from the total

Verifying and RecordingVerifying and RecordingYour AnswersYour Answers

Always check calculations for accuracy Record answer in space provided at end of each problemndash Printing mode Verify the calculations with the tape

entriesndash Display mode Repeat the problem in reverse addition

(add the numbers from bottom to top) If your answer is correct place a small checkmark

next to the first answer and record it on the answer sheet If your second answer is different write it next to first answer and calculate again Draw line through incorrect answers and record correct answer on the answer sheet

Problems 1-20Problems 1-20

Use the touch method to calculate problems 1 6 11 and 16 on p 9 two times (First time use tape second time use display and add from bottom up)

Remember to keep your eyes on the problems Develop the habit of using the total symbol on the

tape before beginning a problem See if you can increase your speed by keying in

the problem two times (Key the problem without the tape on first and then turn on the tape feature)

Complete rest of problems on p 9 on own

Special FeaturesSpecial Features

Repeating EntriesRepeating Entries

Allows a number to be entered only once It repeated by simply tapping the [+] key as many times as neededndash Enter 314 and tap the [+] key twicendash Enter 555 and tap the [+] key three timesndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 2293

Complete problems 21 and 22 (p 11) in class Complete problems 23-25 on own

Item CountItem Count

Counts the number of times [+] and [ndash] are tapped as a problem is calculated ndash Counts the number of times [+] is tapped and

subtracts 1 each time [ndash] is tappedndash Count is reset to zero when pressing the total

key []Set the selector on the [PIC] key to turned

on feature Calculate 45 [+] 56 [+] 21 [+] [] Note item count in left margin (It should be 3)

More Item Count PracticeMore Item Count Practice

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate the item count feature [PmiddotIC] Calculate 813 [+] 10 [+] 297 [+] 45 [+] [=] Did you get 1165 Look for the number 4 indicating the number of

entries in the problem Calculate problems 26 and 27 (p 11) in class

Grand Total FeatureGrand Total Feature

The grand total feature allows you to accumulate the answers to more than one problem

Set selector on P-IC GT and 0 decimal features

After you key your numbers tap the [GT] key on the left-hand side of the calculator

Use this feature when calculating multiple addition and subtract problems

Practice Grand TotalPractice Grand Total Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate grand total feature [GT] selector Calculate 34 [+] 189 [+] amp [] then continue

with next problem 735 [+] 206 [+] amp [] continue on to next problem 290 [+] 54 [+] amp []

Did you get 223 941 and 344 Obtain the grand total by tapping the [GT] key on

left-hand side Did you get 1508

Solving ProblemsSolving Problems

Calculate problems 28 and 29 (p 11) by putting the grand total amounts in d Do together in class

When solving problems 36-53 (Do on own)ndash When calculating problems 36-40 concentrate on

improving technique as you key No GT for thesendash Problems 41-46 you add the rows across and put the

grand total in 47ndash Problems 48-52 you add the columns down and put the

grand total in 53 ndash 47 amp 53 should be the same number

Learning Task 3Learning Task 3

Decimals

Decimal Place ValuesDecimal Place ValuesNumbers to the left of the decimal are whole

numbers Each place is ten times greater than the place to its right For number 36921983

3692(3 thousands 6 hundreds 9 tens 2 ones)

Digits to the right of the decimal indicate a part of the whole or a fraction of the whole Each place is ten times greater than the place to its left

1983(1 tenths 9 hundredths 8 thousandths 3 ten

thousandths)

Addition of DecimalsAddition of Decimals

Set the decimal selector to set the number of decimal places needed in your answer

Always determine the number of decimal places required before you begin your computations

Floating DecimalsFloating DecimalsThe floating position is used when answers

need to be carried out to the maximum places allowed by the calculator (F 0 1 2 3 6)

Mostly used when the entries have a different number of decimal places

Look for an [F] on the decimal selectorThe decimal position is not aligned on the

tape when the floating position is used

You must key in the decimal point

Practice Floating DecimalsPractice Floating Decimals Calculate problems 1 through 2

ndash Clear the calculatorndash Set Decimal Selector on F

Donrsquot forget to key in your decimal pointndash Enter 7987 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 465165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 132943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 104456 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 1501264

Calculate problems 3-8 on own (p 15)

Fixed DecimalsFixed Decimals

Use the fixed decimal position when the answer is to be carried out to a specific number of decimal places or when each entry has the same number of decimal places

Set the selector for the number of decimal places required

The decimal point is aligned on the tape when the fixed position is used

Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point

ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375

Calculate problems 11-16 on own

Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents

or when calculating problems with two decimal places

Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when

entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the

tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point

Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal

selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707

Calculate problems 19-24 on own

Learning Task 4Learning Task 4

Subtraction

SubtractionSubtraction

The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend

(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted

from the minuend)

Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own

Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals

ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places

ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals

ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)

ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class

Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a

small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)

When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer

Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red

Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in

parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own

Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature

The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations

The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry

For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places

Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class

Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature

Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number

Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape

Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add

Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class

Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all

answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered

The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key

When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key

Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762

ContCont

Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and

subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]

Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses

ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems

ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease

Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use

before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)

Learning Task 2Learning Task 2

Addition

Addition is the process of combining addends

(numbers to be added) to find a sum (total)

Plus KeyPlus Key

Plus Key is used to enter addends

Look for the [+=] key

Minus KeyMinus Key

Use the Minus Key to remove addends for incorrect entries

Look for the [- =] key

Total KeyTotal Key

Use the Total Key to print or display the answer to a problem

Look for the Total [] key

Touch MethodTouch Method10-key touch method means tapping the 0

through 9 keys on the 10-key pad without looking at the keypad

Curve the index middle and third fingers and place them over the home row (456 keys)

Keep the fingers located over the home row and extend out to tap numbers using the correct finger

Practice moving your fingers to the keys above and below the home row

Finger PositionFinger Position

If you are right-handed use the index finger for 7 4 1 Use the middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use the ring finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use the little finger for the [+] and [-] keys Use your thumb for 0

If you are left-handed use the index finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use ring finger for 7 4 1 Use little finger for 0 Use your thumb for the [+] and [-] keys

See page 6 for finger position

Practice Finger PositionPractice Finger Position Clear the calculator by pressing [CE] and [] Set decimal selector to 0 Position the book at an angle so you can keep your

eyes on the problems while operating the key pad by touch

Curve your fingers and place them over the home row keys

Enter the digits from left to rightndash Enter 4 5 6 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 5 6 4 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 6 4 5 and tap the [+] key

Tap the total key [] to calculate the sum (1665)

Correcting ErrorsCorrecting Errors

Accuracy is extremely important Be aware when you have entered the wrong digits

Correcting errors before tapping the plus keymdashstrike the [CE] key once

The [rarr] is the last digit correction key Correcting errors after tapping the plus keymdashtap

the [-] key immediately before entering the next addend This will subtract the incorrect number from the total

Verifying and RecordingVerifying and RecordingYour AnswersYour Answers

Always check calculations for accuracy Record answer in space provided at end of each problemndash Printing mode Verify the calculations with the tape

entriesndash Display mode Repeat the problem in reverse addition

(add the numbers from bottom to top) If your answer is correct place a small checkmark

next to the first answer and record it on the answer sheet If your second answer is different write it next to first answer and calculate again Draw line through incorrect answers and record correct answer on the answer sheet

Problems 1-20Problems 1-20

Use the touch method to calculate problems 1 6 11 and 16 on p 9 two times (First time use tape second time use display and add from bottom up)

Remember to keep your eyes on the problems Develop the habit of using the total symbol on the

tape before beginning a problem See if you can increase your speed by keying in

the problem two times (Key the problem without the tape on first and then turn on the tape feature)

Complete rest of problems on p 9 on own

Special FeaturesSpecial Features

Repeating EntriesRepeating Entries

Allows a number to be entered only once It repeated by simply tapping the [+] key as many times as neededndash Enter 314 and tap the [+] key twicendash Enter 555 and tap the [+] key three timesndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 2293

Complete problems 21 and 22 (p 11) in class Complete problems 23-25 on own

Item CountItem Count

Counts the number of times [+] and [ndash] are tapped as a problem is calculated ndash Counts the number of times [+] is tapped and

subtracts 1 each time [ndash] is tappedndash Count is reset to zero when pressing the total

key []Set the selector on the [PIC] key to turned

on feature Calculate 45 [+] 56 [+] 21 [+] [] Note item count in left margin (It should be 3)

More Item Count PracticeMore Item Count Practice

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate the item count feature [PmiddotIC] Calculate 813 [+] 10 [+] 297 [+] 45 [+] [=] Did you get 1165 Look for the number 4 indicating the number of

entries in the problem Calculate problems 26 and 27 (p 11) in class

Grand Total FeatureGrand Total Feature

The grand total feature allows you to accumulate the answers to more than one problem

Set selector on P-IC GT and 0 decimal features

After you key your numbers tap the [GT] key on the left-hand side of the calculator

Use this feature when calculating multiple addition and subtract problems

Practice Grand TotalPractice Grand Total Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate grand total feature [GT] selector Calculate 34 [+] 189 [+] amp [] then continue

with next problem 735 [+] 206 [+] amp [] continue on to next problem 290 [+] 54 [+] amp []

Did you get 223 941 and 344 Obtain the grand total by tapping the [GT] key on

left-hand side Did you get 1508

Solving ProblemsSolving Problems

Calculate problems 28 and 29 (p 11) by putting the grand total amounts in d Do together in class

When solving problems 36-53 (Do on own)ndash When calculating problems 36-40 concentrate on

improving technique as you key No GT for thesendash Problems 41-46 you add the rows across and put the

grand total in 47ndash Problems 48-52 you add the columns down and put the

grand total in 53 ndash 47 amp 53 should be the same number

Learning Task 3Learning Task 3

Decimals

Decimal Place ValuesDecimal Place ValuesNumbers to the left of the decimal are whole

numbers Each place is ten times greater than the place to its right For number 36921983

3692(3 thousands 6 hundreds 9 tens 2 ones)

Digits to the right of the decimal indicate a part of the whole or a fraction of the whole Each place is ten times greater than the place to its left

1983(1 tenths 9 hundredths 8 thousandths 3 ten

thousandths)

Addition of DecimalsAddition of Decimals

Set the decimal selector to set the number of decimal places needed in your answer

Always determine the number of decimal places required before you begin your computations

Floating DecimalsFloating DecimalsThe floating position is used when answers

need to be carried out to the maximum places allowed by the calculator (F 0 1 2 3 6)

Mostly used when the entries have a different number of decimal places

Look for an [F] on the decimal selectorThe decimal position is not aligned on the

tape when the floating position is used

You must key in the decimal point

Practice Floating DecimalsPractice Floating Decimals Calculate problems 1 through 2

ndash Clear the calculatorndash Set Decimal Selector on F

Donrsquot forget to key in your decimal pointndash Enter 7987 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 465165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 132943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 104456 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 1501264

Calculate problems 3-8 on own (p 15)

Fixed DecimalsFixed Decimals

Use the fixed decimal position when the answer is to be carried out to a specific number of decimal places or when each entry has the same number of decimal places

Set the selector for the number of decimal places required

The decimal point is aligned on the tape when the fixed position is used

Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point

ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375

Calculate problems 11-16 on own

Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents

or when calculating problems with two decimal places

Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when

entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the

tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point

Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal

selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707

Calculate problems 19-24 on own

Learning Task 4Learning Task 4

Subtraction

SubtractionSubtraction

The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend

(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted

from the minuend)

Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own

Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals

ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places

ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals

ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)

ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class

Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a

small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)

When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer

Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red

Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in

parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own

Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature

The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations

The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry

For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places

Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class

Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature

Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number

Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape

Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add

Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class

Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all

answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered

The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key

When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key

Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762

ContCont

Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and

subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]

Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses

ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems

ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease

Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use

before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)

Addition is the process of combining addends

(numbers to be added) to find a sum (total)

Plus KeyPlus Key

Plus Key is used to enter addends

Look for the [+=] key

Minus KeyMinus Key

Use the Minus Key to remove addends for incorrect entries

Look for the [- =] key

Total KeyTotal Key

Use the Total Key to print or display the answer to a problem

Look for the Total [] key

Touch MethodTouch Method10-key touch method means tapping the 0

through 9 keys on the 10-key pad without looking at the keypad

Curve the index middle and third fingers and place them over the home row (456 keys)

Keep the fingers located over the home row and extend out to tap numbers using the correct finger

Practice moving your fingers to the keys above and below the home row

Finger PositionFinger Position

If you are right-handed use the index finger for 7 4 1 Use the middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use the ring finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use the little finger for the [+] and [-] keys Use your thumb for 0

If you are left-handed use the index finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use ring finger for 7 4 1 Use little finger for 0 Use your thumb for the [+] and [-] keys

See page 6 for finger position

Practice Finger PositionPractice Finger Position Clear the calculator by pressing [CE] and [] Set decimal selector to 0 Position the book at an angle so you can keep your

eyes on the problems while operating the key pad by touch

Curve your fingers and place them over the home row keys

Enter the digits from left to rightndash Enter 4 5 6 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 5 6 4 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 6 4 5 and tap the [+] key

Tap the total key [] to calculate the sum (1665)

Correcting ErrorsCorrecting Errors

Accuracy is extremely important Be aware when you have entered the wrong digits

Correcting errors before tapping the plus keymdashstrike the [CE] key once

The [rarr] is the last digit correction key Correcting errors after tapping the plus keymdashtap

the [-] key immediately before entering the next addend This will subtract the incorrect number from the total

Verifying and RecordingVerifying and RecordingYour AnswersYour Answers

Always check calculations for accuracy Record answer in space provided at end of each problemndash Printing mode Verify the calculations with the tape

entriesndash Display mode Repeat the problem in reverse addition

(add the numbers from bottom to top) If your answer is correct place a small checkmark

next to the first answer and record it on the answer sheet If your second answer is different write it next to first answer and calculate again Draw line through incorrect answers and record correct answer on the answer sheet

Problems 1-20Problems 1-20

Use the touch method to calculate problems 1 6 11 and 16 on p 9 two times (First time use tape second time use display and add from bottom up)

Remember to keep your eyes on the problems Develop the habit of using the total symbol on the

tape before beginning a problem See if you can increase your speed by keying in

the problem two times (Key the problem without the tape on first and then turn on the tape feature)

Complete rest of problems on p 9 on own

Special FeaturesSpecial Features

Repeating EntriesRepeating Entries

Allows a number to be entered only once It repeated by simply tapping the [+] key as many times as neededndash Enter 314 and tap the [+] key twicendash Enter 555 and tap the [+] key three timesndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 2293

Complete problems 21 and 22 (p 11) in class Complete problems 23-25 on own

Item CountItem Count

Counts the number of times [+] and [ndash] are tapped as a problem is calculated ndash Counts the number of times [+] is tapped and

subtracts 1 each time [ndash] is tappedndash Count is reset to zero when pressing the total

key []Set the selector on the [PIC] key to turned

on feature Calculate 45 [+] 56 [+] 21 [+] [] Note item count in left margin (It should be 3)

More Item Count PracticeMore Item Count Practice

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate the item count feature [PmiddotIC] Calculate 813 [+] 10 [+] 297 [+] 45 [+] [=] Did you get 1165 Look for the number 4 indicating the number of

entries in the problem Calculate problems 26 and 27 (p 11) in class

Grand Total FeatureGrand Total Feature

The grand total feature allows you to accumulate the answers to more than one problem

Set selector on P-IC GT and 0 decimal features

After you key your numbers tap the [GT] key on the left-hand side of the calculator

Use this feature when calculating multiple addition and subtract problems

Practice Grand TotalPractice Grand Total Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate grand total feature [GT] selector Calculate 34 [+] 189 [+] amp [] then continue

with next problem 735 [+] 206 [+] amp [] continue on to next problem 290 [+] 54 [+] amp []

Did you get 223 941 and 344 Obtain the grand total by tapping the [GT] key on

left-hand side Did you get 1508

Solving ProblemsSolving Problems

Calculate problems 28 and 29 (p 11) by putting the grand total amounts in d Do together in class

When solving problems 36-53 (Do on own)ndash When calculating problems 36-40 concentrate on

improving technique as you key No GT for thesendash Problems 41-46 you add the rows across and put the

grand total in 47ndash Problems 48-52 you add the columns down and put the

grand total in 53 ndash 47 amp 53 should be the same number

Learning Task 3Learning Task 3

Decimals

Decimal Place ValuesDecimal Place ValuesNumbers to the left of the decimal are whole

numbers Each place is ten times greater than the place to its right For number 36921983

3692(3 thousands 6 hundreds 9 tens 2 ones)

Digits to the right of the decimal indicate a part of the whole or a fraction of the whole Each place is ten times greater than the place to its left

1983(1 tenths 9 hundredths 8 thousandths 3 ten

thousandths)

Addition of DecimalsAddition of Decimals

Set the decimal selector to set the number of decimal places needed in your answer

Always determine the number of decimal places required before you begin your computations

Floating DecimalsFloating DecimalsThe floating position is used when answers

need to be carried out to the maximum places allowed by the calculator (F 0 1 2 3 6)

Mostly used when the entries have a different number of decimal places

Look for an [F] on the decimal selectorThe decimal position is not aligned on the

tape when the floating position is used

You must key in the decimal point

Practice Floating DecimalsPractice Floating Decimals Calculate problems 1 through 2

ndash Clear the calculatorndash Set Decimal Selector on F

Donrsquot forget to key in your decimal pointndash Enter 7987 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 465165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 132943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 104456 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 1501264

Calculate problems 3-8 on own (p 15)

Fixed DecimalsFixed Decimals

Use the fixed decimal position when the answer is to be carried out to a specific number of decimal places or when each entry has the same number of decimal places

Set the selector for the number of decimal places required

The decimal point is aligned on the tape when the fixed position is used

Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point

ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375

Calculate problems 11-16 on own

Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents

or when calculating problems with two decimal places

Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when

entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the

tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point

Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal

selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707

Calculate problems 19-24 on own

Learning Task 4Learning Task 4

Subtraction

SubtractionSubtraction

The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend

(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted

from the minuend)

Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own

Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals

ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places

ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals

ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)

ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class

Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a

small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)

When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer

Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red

Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in

parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own

Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature

The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations

The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry

For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places

Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class

Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature

Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number

Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape

Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add

Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class

Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all

answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered

The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key

When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key

Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762

ContCont

Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and

subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]

Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses

ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems

ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease

Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use

before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)

Plus KeyPlus Key

Plus Key is used to enter addends

Look for the [+=] key

Minus KeyMinus Key

Use the Minus Key to remove addends for incorrect entries

Look for the [- =] key

Total KeyTotal Key

Use the Total Key to print or display the answer to a problem

Look for the Total [] key

Touch MethodTouch Method10-key touch method means tapping the 0

through 9 keys on the 10-key pad without looking at the keypad

Curve the index middle and third fingers and place them over the home row (456 keys)

Keep the fingers located over the home row and extend out to tap numbers using the correct finger

Practice moving your fingers to the keys above and below the home row

Finger PositionFinger Position

If you are right-handed use the index finger for 7 4 1 Use the middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use the ring finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use the little finger for the [+] and [-] keys Use your thumb for 0

If you are left-handed use the index finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use ring finger for 7 4 1 Use little finger for 0 Use your thumb for the [+] and [-] keys

See page 6 for finger position

Practice Finger PositionPractice Finger Position Clear the calculator by pressing [CE] and [] Set decimal selector to 0 Position the book at an angle so you can keep your

eyes on the problems while operating the key pad by touch

Curve your fingers and place them over the home row keys

Enter the digits from left to rightndash Enter 4 5 6 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 5 6 4 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 6 4 5 and tap the [+] key

Tap the total key [] to calculate the sum (1665)

Correcting ErrorsCorrecting Errors

Accuracy is extremely important Be aware when you have entered the wrong digits

Correcting errors before tapping the plus keymdashstrike the [CE] key once

The [rarr] is the last digit correction key Correcting errors after tapping the plus keymdashtap

the [-] key immediately before entering the next addend This will subtract the incorrect number from the total

Verifying and RecordingVerifying and RecordingYour AnswersYour Answers

Always check calculations for accuracy Record answer in space provided at end of each problemndash Printing mode Verify the calculations with the tape

entriesndash Display mode Repeat the problem in reverse addition

(add the numbers from bottom to top) If your answer is correct place a small checkmark

next to the first answer and record it on the answer sheet If your second answer is different write it next to first answer and calculate again Draw line through incorrect answers and record correct answer on the answer sheet

Problems 1-20Problems 1-20

Use the touch method to calculate problems 1 6 11 and 16 on p 9 two times (First time use tape second time use display and add from bottom up)

Remember to keep your eyes on the problems Develop the habit of using the total symbol on the

tape before beginning a problem See if you can increase your speed by keying in

the problem two times (Key the problem without the tape on first and then turn on the tape feature)

Complete rest of problems on p 9 on own

Special FeaturesSpecial Features

Repeating EntriesRepeating Entries

Allows a number to be entered only once It repeated by simply tapping the [+] key as many times as neededndash Enter 314 and tap the [+] key twicendash Enter 555 and tap the [+] key three timesndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 2293

Complete problems 21 and 22 (p 11) in class Complete problems 23-25 on own

Item CountItem Count

Counts the number of times [+] and [ndash] are tapped as a problem is calculated ndash Counts the number of times [+] is tapped and

subtracts 1 each time [ndash] is tappedndash Count is reset to zero when pressing the total

key []Set the selector on the [PIC] key to turned

on feature Calculate 45 [+] 56 [+] 21 [+] [] Note item count in left margin (It should be 3)

More Item Count PracticeMore Item Count Practice

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate the item count feature [PmiddotIC] Calculate 813 [+] 10 [+] 297 [+] 45 [+] [=] Did you get 1165 Look for the number 4 indicating the number of

entries in the problem Calculate problems 26 and 27 (p 11) in class

Grand Total FeatureGrand Total Feature

The grand total feature allows you to accumulate the answers to more than one problem

Set selector on P-IC GT and 0 decimal features

After you key your numbers tap the [GT] key on the left-hand side of the calculator

Use this feature when calculating multiple addition and subtract problems

Practice Grand TotalPractice Grand Total Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate grand total feature [GT] selector Calculate 34 [+] 189 [+] amp [] then continue

with next problem 735 [+] 206 [+] amp [] continue on to next problem 290 [+] 54 [+] amp []

Did you get 223 941 and 344 Obtain the grand total by tapping the [GT] key on

left-hand side Did you get 1508

Solving ProblemsSolving Problems

Calculate problems 28 and 29 (p 11) by putting the grand total amounts in d Do together in class

When solving problems 36-53 (Do on own)ndash When calculating problems 36-40 concentrate on

improving technique as you key No GT for thesendash Problems 41-46 you add the rows across and put the

grand total in 47ndash Problems 48-52 you add the columns down and put the

grand total in 53 ndash 47 amp 53 should be the same number

Learning Task 3Learning Task 3

Decimals

Decimal Place ValuesDecimal Place ValuesNumbers to the left of the decimal are whole

numbers Each place is ten times greater than the place to its right For number 36921983

3692(3 thousands 6 hundreds 9 tens 2 ones)

Digits to the right of the decimal indicate a part of the whole or a fraction of the whole Each place is ten times greater than the place to its left

1983(1 tenths 9 hundredths 8 thousandths 3 ten

thousandths)

Addition of DecimalsAddition of Decimals

Set the decimal selector to set the number of decimal places needed in your answer

Always determine the number of decimal places required before you begin your computations

Floating DecimalsFloating DecimalsThe floating position is used when answers

need to be carried out to the maximum places allowed by the calculator (F 0 1 2 3 6)

Mostly used when the entries have a different number of decimal places

Look for an [F] on the decimal selectorThe decimal position is not aligned on the

tape when the floating position is used

You must key in the decimal point

Practice Floating DecimalsPractice Floating Decimals Calculate problems 1 through 2

ndash Clear the calculatorndash Set Decimal Selector on F

Donrsquot forget to key in your decimal pointndash Enter 7987 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 465165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 132943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 104456 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 1501264

Calculate problems 3-8 on own (p 15)

Fixed DecimalsFixed Decimals

Use the fixed decimal position when the answer is to be carried out to a specific number of decimal places or when each entry has the same number of decimal places

Set the selector for the number of decimal places required

The decimal point is aligned on the tape when the fixed position is used

Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point

ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375

Calculate problems 11-16 on own

Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents

or when calculating problems with two decimal places

Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when

entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the

tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point

Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal

selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707

Calculate problems 19-24 on own

Learning Task 4Learning Task 4

Subtraction

SubtractionSubtraction

The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend

(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted

from the minuend)

Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own

Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals

ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places

ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals

ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)

ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class

Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a

small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)

When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer

Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red

Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in

parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own

Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature

The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations

The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry

For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places

Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class

Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature

Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number

Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape

Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add

Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class

Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all

answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered

The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key

When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key

Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762

ContCont

Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and

subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]

Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses

ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems

ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease

Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use

before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)

Minus KeyMinus Key

Use the Minus Key to remove addends for incorrect entries

Look for the [- =] key

Total KeyTotal Key

Use the Total Key to print or display the answer to a problem

Look for the Total [] key

Touch MethodTouch Method10-key touch method means tapping the 0

through 9 keys on the 10-key pad without looking at the keypad

Curve the index middle and third fingers and place them over the home row (456 keys)

Keep the fingers located over the home row and extend out to tap numbers using the correct finger

Practice moving your fingers to the keys above and below the home row

Finger PositionFinger Position

If you are right-handed use the index finger for 7 4 1 Use the middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use the ring finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use the little finger for the [+] and [-] keys Use your thumb for 0

If you are left-handed use the index finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use ring finger for 7 4 1 Use little finger for 0 Use your thumb for the [+] and [-] keys

See page 6 for finger position

Practice Finger PositionPractice Finger Position Clear the calculator by pressing [CE] and [] Set decimal selector to 0 Position the book at an angle so you can keep your

eyes on the problems while operating the key pad by touch

Curve your fingers and place them over the home row keys

Enter the digits from left to rightndash Enter 4 5 6 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 5 6 4 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 6 4 5 and tap the [+] key

Tap the total key [] to calculate the sum (1665)

Correcting ErrorsCorrecting Errors

Accuracy is extremely important Be aware when you have entered the wrong digits

Correcting errors before tapping the plus keymdashstrike the [CE] key once

The [rarr] is the last digit correction key Correcting errors after tapping the plus keymdashtap

the [-] key immediately before entering the next addend This will subtract the incorrect number from the total

Verifying and RecordingVerifying and RecordingYour AnswersYour Answers

Always check calculations for accuracy Record answer in space provided at end of each problemndash Printing mode Verify the calculations with the tape

entriesndash Display mode Repeat the problem in reverse addition

(add the numbers from bottom to top) If your answer is correct place a small checkmark

next to the first answer and record it on the answer sheet If your second answer is different write it next to first answer and calculate again Draw line through incorrect answers and record correct answer on the answer sheet

Problems 1-20Problems 1-20

Use the touch method to calculate problems 1 6 11 and 16 on p 9 two times (First time use tape second time use display and add from bottom up)

Remember to keep your eyes on the problems Develop the habit of using the total symbol on the

tape before beginning a problem See if you can increase your speed by keying in

the problem two times (Key the problem without the tape on first and then turn on the tape feature)

Complete rest of problems on p 9 on own

Special FeaturesSpecial Features

Repeating EntriesRepeating Entries

Allows a number to be entered only once It repeated by simply tapping the [+] key as many times as neededndash Enter 314 and tap the [+] key twicendash Enter 555 and tap the [+] key three timesndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 2293

Complete problems 21 and 22 (p 11) in class Complete problems 23-25 on own

Item CountItem Count

Counts the number of times [+] and [ndash] are tapped as a problem is calculated ndash Counts the number of times [+] is tapped and

subtracts 1 each time [ndash] is tappedndash Count is reset to zero when pressing the total

key []Set the selector on the [PIC] key to turned

on feature Calculate 45 [+] 56 [+] 21 [+] [] Note item count in left margin (It should be 3)

More Item Count PracticeMore Item Count Practice

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate the item count feature [PmiddotIC] Calculate 813 [+] 10 [+] 297 [+] 45 [+] [=] Did you get 1165 Look for the number 4 indicating the number of

entries in the problem Calculate problems 26 and 27 (p 11) in class

Grand Total FeatureGrand Total Feature

The grand total feature allows you to accumulate the answers to more than one problem

Set selector on P-IC GT and 0 decimal features

After you key your numbers tap the [GT] key on the left-hand side of the calculator

Use this feature when calculating multiple addition and subtract problems

Practice Grand TotalPractice Grand Total Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate grand total feature [GT] selector Calculate 34 [+] 189 [+] amp [] then continue

with next problem 735 [+] 206 [+] amp [] continue on to next problem 290 [+] 54 [+] amp []

Did you get 223 941 and 344 Obtain the grand total by tapping the [GT] key on

left-hand side Did you get 1508

Solving ProblemsSolving Problems

Calculate problems 28 and 29 (p 11) by putting the grand total amounts in d Do together in class

When solving problems 36-53 (Do on own)ndash When calculating problems 36-40 concentrate on

improving technique as you key No GT for thesendash Problems 41-46 you add the rows across and put the

grand total in 47ndash Problems 48-52 you add the columns down and put the

grand total in 53 ndash 47 amp 53 should be the same number

Learning Task 3Learning Task 3

Decimals

Decimal Place ValuesDecimal Place ValuesNumbers to the left of the decimal are whole

numbers Each place is ten times greater than the place to its right For number 36921983

3692(3 thousands 6 hundreds 9 tens 2 ones)

Digits to the right of the decimal indicate a part of the whole or a fraction of the whole Each place is ten times greater than the place to its left

1983(1 tenths 9 hundredths 8 thousandths 3 ten

thousandths)

Addition of DecimalsAddition of Decimals

Set the decimal selector to set the number of decimal places needed in your answer

Always determine the number of decimal places required before you begin your computations

Floating DecimalsFloating DecimalsThe floating position is used when answers

need to be carried out to the maximum places allowed by the calculator (F 0 1 2 3 6)

Mostly used when the entries have a different number of decimal places

Look for an [F] on the decimal selectorThe decimal position is not aligned on the

tape when the floating position is used

You must key in the decimal point

Practice Floating DecimalsPractice Floating Decimals Calculate problems 1 through 2

ndash Clear the calculatorndash Set Decimal Selector on F

Donrsquot forget to key in your decimal pointndash Enter 7987 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 465165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 132943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 104456 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 1501264

Calculate problems 3-8 on own (p 15)

Fixed DecimalsFixed Decimals

Use the fixed decimal position when the answer is to be carried out to a specific number of decimal places or when each entry has the same number of decimal places

Set the selector for the number of decimal places required

The decimal point is aligned on the tape when the fixed position is used

Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point

ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375

Calculate problems 11-16 on own

Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents

or when calculating problems with two decimal places

Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when

entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the

tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point

Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal

selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707

Calculate problems 19-24 on own

Learning Task 4Learning Task 4

Subtraction

SubtractionSubtraction

The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend

(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted

from the minuend)

Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own

Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals

ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places

ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals

ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)

ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class

Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a

small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)

When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer

Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red

Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in

parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own

Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature

The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations

The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry

For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places

Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class

Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature

Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number

Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape

Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add

Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class

Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all

answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered

The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key

When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key

Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762

ContCont

Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and

subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]

Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses

ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems

ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease

Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use

before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)

Total KeyTotal Key

Use the Total Key to print or display the answer to a problem

Look for the Total [] key

Touch MethodTouch Method10-key touch method means tapping the 0

through 9 keys on the 10-key pad without looking at the keypad

Curve the index middle and third fingers and place them over the home row (456 keys)

Keep the fingers located over the home row and extend out to tap numbers using the correct finger

Practice moving your fingers to the keys above and below the home row

Finger PositionFinger Position

If you are right-handed use the index finger for 7 4 1 Use the middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use the ring finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use the little finger for the [+] and [-] keys Use your thumb for 0

If you are left-handed use the index finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use ring finger for 7 4 1 Use little finger for 0 Use your thumb for the [+] and [-] keys

See page 6 for finger position

Practice Finger PositionPractice Finger Position Clear the calculator by pressing [CE] and [] Set decimal selector to 0 Position the book at an angle so you can keep your

eyes on the problems while operating the key pad by touch

Curve your fingers and place them over the home row keys

Enter the digits from left to rightndash Enter 4 5 6 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 5 6 4 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 6 4 5 and tap the [+] key

Tap the total key [] to calculate the sum (1665)

Correcting ErrorsCorrecting Errors

Accuracy is extremely important Be aware when you have entered the wrong digits

Correcting errors before tapping the plus keymdashstrike the [CE] key once

The [rarr] is the last digit correction key Correcting errors after tapping the plus keymdashtap

the [-] key immediately before entering the next addend This will subtract the incorrect number from the total

Verifying and RecordingVerifying and RecordingYour AnswersYour Answers

Always check calculations for accuracy Record answer in space provided at end of each problemndash Printing mode Verify the calculations with the tape

entriesndash Display mode Repeat the problem in reverse addition

(add the numbers from bottom to top) If your answer is correct place a small checkmark

next to the first answer and record it on the answer sheet If your second answer is different write it next to first answer and calculate again Draw line through incorrect answers and record correct answer on the answer sheet

Problems 1-20Problems 1-20

Use the touch method to calculate problems 1 6 11 and 16 on p 9 two times (First time use tape second time use display and add from bottom up)

Remember to keep your eyes on the problems Develop the habit of using the total symbol on the

tape before beginning a problem See if you can increase your speed by keying in

the problem two times (Key the problem without the tape on first and then turn on the tape feature)

Complete rest of problems on p 9 on own

Special FeaturesSpecial Features

Repeating EntriesRepeating Entries

Allows a number to be entered only once It repeated by simply tapping the [+] key as many times as neededndash Enter 314 and tap the [+] key twicendash Enter 555 and tap the [+] key three timesndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 2293

Complete problems 21 and 22 (p 11) in class Complete problems 23-25 on own

Item CountItem Count

Counts the number of times [+] and [ndash] are tapped as a problem is calculated ndash Counts the number of times [+] is tapped and

subtracts 1 each time [ndash] is tappedndash Count is reset to zero when pressing the total

key []Set the selector on the [PIC] key to turned

on feature Calculate 45 [+] 56 [+] 21 [+] [] Note item count in left margin (It should be 3)

More Item Count PracticeMore Item Count Practice

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate the item count feature [PmiddotIC] Calculate 813 [+] 10 [+] 297 [+] 45 [+] [=] Did you get 1165 Look for the number 4 indicating the number of

entries in the problem Calculate problems 26 and 27 (p 11) in class

Grand Total FeatureGrand Total Feature

The grand total feature allows you to accumulate the answers to more than one problem

Set selector on P-IC GT and 0 decimal features

After you key your numbers tap the [GT] key on the left-hand side of the calculator

Use this feature when calculating multiple addition and subtract problems

Practice Grand TotalPractice Grand Total Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate grand total feature [GT] selector Calculate 34 [+] 189 [+] amp [] then continue

with next problem 735 [+] 206 [+] amp [] continue on to next problem 290 [+] 54 [+] amp []

Did you get 223 941 and 344 Obtain the grand total by tapping the [GT] key on

left-hand side Did you get 1508

Solving ProblemsSolving Problems

Calculate problems 28 and 29 (p 11) by putting the grand total amounts in d Do together in class

When solving problems 36-53 (Do on own)ndash When calculating problems 36-40 concentrate on

improving technique as you key No GT for thesendash Problems 41-46 you add the rows across and put the

grand total in 47ndash Problems 48-52 you add the columns down and put the

grand total in 53 ndash 47 amp 53 should be the same number

Learning Task 3Learning Task 3

Decimals

Decimal Place ValuesDecimal Place ValuesNumbers to the left of the decimal are whole

numbers Each place is ten times greater than the place to its right For number 36921983

3692(3 thousands 6 hundreds 9 tens 2 ones)

Digits to the right of the decimal indicate a part of the whole or a fraction of the whole Each place is ten times greater than the place to its left

1983(1 tenths 9 hundredths 8 thousandths 3 ten

thousandths)

Addition of DecimalsAddition of Decimals

Set the decimal selector to set the number of decimal places needed in your answer

Always determine the number of decimal places required before you begin your computations

Floating DecimalsFloating DecimalsThe floating position is used when answers

need to be carried out to the maximum places allowed by the calculator (F 0 1 2 3 6)

Mostly used when the entries have a different number of decimal places

Look for an [F] on the decimal selectorThe decimal position is not aligned on the

tape when the floating position is used

You must key in the decimal point

Practice Floating DecimalsPractice Floating Decimals Calculate problems 1 through 2

ndash Clear the calculatorndash Set Decimal Selector on F

Donrsquot forget to key in your decimal pointndash Enter 7987 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 465165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 132943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 104456 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 1501264

Calculate problems 3-8 on own (p 15)

Fixed DecimalsFixed Decimals

Use the fixed decimal position when the answer is to be carried out to a specific number of decimal places or when each entry has the same number of decimal places

Set the selector for the number of decimal places required

The decimal point is aligned on the tape when the fixed position is used

Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point

ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375

Calculate problems 11-16 on own

Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents

or when calculating problems with two decimal places

Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when

entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the

tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point

Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal

selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707

Calculate problems 19-24 on own

Learning Task 4Learning Task 4

Subtraction

SubtractionSubtraction

The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend

(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted

from the minuend)

Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own

Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals

ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places

ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals

ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)

ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class

Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a

small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)

When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer

Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red

Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in

parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own

Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature

The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations

The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry

For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places

Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class

Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature

Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number

Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape

Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add

Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class

Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all

answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered

The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key

When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key

Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762

ContCont

Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and

subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]

Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses

ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems

ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease

Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use

before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)

Touch MethodTouch Method10-key touch method means tapping the 0

through 9 keys on the 10-key pad without looking at the keypad

Curve the index middle and third fingers and place them over the home row (456 keys)

Keep the fingers located over the home row and extend out to tap numbers using the correct finger

Practice moving your fingers to the keys above and below the home row

Finger PositionFinger Position

If you are right-handed use the index finger for 7 4 1 Use the middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use the ring finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use the little finger for the [+] and [-] keys Use your thumb for 0

If you are left-handed use the index finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use ring finger for 7 4 1 Use little finger for 0 Use your thumb for the [+] and [-] keys

See page 6 for finger position

Practice Finger PositionPractice Finger Position Clear the calculator by pressing [CE] and [] Set decimal selector to 0 Position the book at an angle so you can keep your

eyes on the problems while operating the key pad by touch

Curve your fingers and place them over the home row keys

Enter the digits from left to rightndash Enter 4 5 6 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 5 6 4 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 6 4 5 and tap the [+] key

Tap the total key [] to calculate the sum (1665)

Correcting ErrorsCorrecting Errors

Accuracy is extremely important Be aware when you have entered the wrong digits

Correcting errors before tapping the plus keymdashstrike the [CE] key once

The [rarr] is the last digit correction key Correcting errors after tapping the plus keymdashtap

the [-] key immediately before entering the next addend This will subtract the incorrect number from the total

Verifying and RecordingVerifying and RecordingYour AnswersYour Answers

Always check calculations for accuracy Record answer in space provided at end of each problemndash Printing mode Verify the calculations with the tape

entriesndash Display mode Repeat the problem in reverse addition

(add the numbers from bottom to top) If your answer is correct place a small checkmark

next to the first answer and record it on the answer sheet If your second answer is different write it next to first answer and calculate again Draw line through incorrect answers and record correct answer on the answer sheet

Problems 1-20Problems 1-20

Use the touch method to calculate problems 1 6 11 and 16 on p 9 two times (First time use tape second time use display and add from bottom up)

Remember to keep your eyes on the problems Develop the habit of using the total symbol on the

tape before beginning a problem See if you can increase your speed by keying in

the problem two times (Key the problem without the tape on first and then turn on the tape feature)

Complete rest of problems on p 9 on own

Special FeaturesSpecial Features

Repeating EntriesRepeating Entries

Allows a number to be entered only once It repeated by simply tapping the [+] key as many times as neededndash Enter 314 and tap the [+] key twicendash Enter 555 and tap the [+] key three timesndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 2293

Complete problems 21 and 22 (p 11) in class Complete problems 23-25 on own

Item CountItem Count

Counts the number of times [+] and [ndash] are tapped as a problem is calculated ndash Counts the number of times [+] is tapped and

subtracts 1 each time [ndash] is tappedndash Count is reset to zero when pressing the total

key []Set the selector on the [PIC] key to turned

on feature Calculate 45 [+] 56 [+] 21 [+] [] Note item count in left margin (It should be 3)

More Item Count PracticeMore Item Count Practice

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate the item count feature [PmiddotIC] Calculate 813 [+] 10 [+] 297 [+] 45 [+] [=] Did you get 1165 Look for the number 4 indicating the number of

entries in the problem Calculate problems 26 and 27 (p 11) in class

Grand Total FeatureGrand Total Feature

The grand total feature allows you to accumulate the answers to more than one problem

Set selector on P-IC GT and 0 decimal features

After you key your numbers tap the [GT] key on the left-hand side of the calculator

Use this feature when calculating multiple addition and subtract problems

Practice Grand TotalPractice Grand Total Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate grand total feature [GT] selector Calculate 34 [+] 189 [+] amp [] then continue

with next problem 735 [+] 206 [+] amp [] continue on to next problem 290 [+] 54 [+] amp []

Did you get 223 941 and 344 Obtain the grand total by tapping the [GT] key on

left-hand side Did you get 1508

Solving ProblemsSolving Problems

Calculate problems 28 and 29 (p 11) by putting the grand total amounts in d Do together in class

When solving problems 36-53 (Do on own)ndash When calculating problems 36-40 concentrate on

improving technique as you key No GT for thesendash Problems 41-46 you add the rows across and put the

grand total in 47ndash Problems 48-52 you add the columns down and put the

grand total in 53 ndash 47 amp 53 should be the same number

Learning Task 3Learning Task 3

Decimals

Decimal Place ValuesDecimal Place ValuesNumbers to the left of the decimal are whole

numbers Each place is ten times greater than the place to its right For number 36921983

3692(3 thousands 6 hundreds 9 tens 2 ones)

Digits to the right of the decimal indicate a part of the whole or a fraction of the whole Each place is ten times greater than the place to its left

1983(1 tenths 9 hundredths 8 thousandths 3 ten

thousandths)

Addition of DecimalsAddition of Decimals

Set the decimal selector to set the number of decimal places needed in your answer

Always determine the number of decimal places required before you begin your computations

Floating DecimalsFloating DecimalsThe floating position is used when answers

need to be carried out to the maximum places allowed by the calculator (F 0 1 2 3 6)

Mostly used when the entries have a different number of decimal places

Look for an [F] on the decimal selectorThe decimal position is not aligned on the

tape when the floating position is used

You must key in the decimal point

Practice Floating DecimalsPractice Floating Decimals Calculate problems 1 through 2

ndash Clear the calculatorndash Set Decimal Selector on F

Donrsquot forget to key in your decimal pointndash Enter 7987 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 465165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 132943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 104456 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 1501264

Calculate problems 3-8 on own (p 15)

Fixed DecimalsFixed Decimals

Use the fixed decimal position when the answer is to be carried out to a specific number of decimal places or when each entry has the same number of decimal places

Set the selector for the number of decimal places required

The decimal point is aligned on the tape when the fixed position is used

Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point

ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375

Calculate problems 11-16 on own

Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents

or when calculating problems with two decimal places

Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when

entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the

tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point

Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal

selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707

Calculate problems 19-24 on own

Learning Task 4Learning Task 4

Subtraction

SubtractionSubtraction

The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend

(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted

from the minuend)

Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own

Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals

ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places

ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals

ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)

ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class

Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a

small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)

When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer

Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red

Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in

parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own

Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature

The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations

The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry

For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places

Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class

Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature

Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number

Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape

Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add

Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class

Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all

answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered

The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key

When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key

Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762

ContCont

Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and

subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]

Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses

ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems

ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease

Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use

before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)

Finger PositionFinger Position

If you are right-handed use the index finger for 7 4 1 Use the middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use the ring finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use the little finger for the [+] and [-] keys Use your thumb for 0

If you are left-handed use the index finger for 9 6 3 decimal Use middle finger for 8 5 2 00 Use ring finger for 7 4 1 Use little finger for 0 Use your thumb for the [+] and [-] keys

See page 6 for finger position

Practice Finger PositionPractice Finger Position Clear the calculator by pressing [CE] and [] Set decimal selector to 0 Position the book at an angle so you can keep your

eyes on the problems while operating the key pad by touch

Curve your fingers and place them over the home row keys

Enter the digits from left to rightndash Enter 4 5 6 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 5 6 4 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 6 4 5 and tap the [+] key

Tap the total key [] to calculate the sum (1665)

Correcting ErrorsCorrecting Errors

Accuracy is extremely important Be aware when you have entered the wrong digits

Correcting errors before tapping the plus keymdashstrike the [CE] key once

The [rarr] is the last digit correction key Correcting errors after tapping the plus keymdashtap

the [-] key immediately before entering the next addend This will subtract the incorrect number from the total

Verifying and RecordingVerifying and RecordingYour AnswersYour Answers

Always check calculations for accuracy Record answer in space provided at end of each problemndash Printing mode Verify the calculations with the tape

entriesndash Display mode Repeat the problem in reverse addition

(add the numbers from bottom to top) If your answer is correct place a small checkmark

next to the first answer and record it on the answer sheet If your second answer is different write it next to first answer and calculate again Draw line through incorrect answers and record correct answer on the answer sheet

Problems 1-20Problems 1-20

Use the touch method to calculate problems 1 6 11 and 16 on p 9 two times (First time use tape second time use display and add from bottom up)

Remember to keep your eyes on the problems Develop the habit of using the total symbol on the

tape before beginning a problem See if you can increase your speed by keying in

the problem two times (Key the problem without the tape on first and then turn on the tape feature)

Complete rest of problems on p 9 on own

Special FeaturesSpecial Features

Repeating EntriesRepeating Entries

Allows a number to be entered only once It repeated by simply tapping the [+] key as many times as neededndash Enter 314 and tap the [+] key twicendash Enter 555 and tap the [+] key three timesndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 2293

Complete problems 21 and 22 (p 11) in class Complete problems 23-25 on own

Item CountItem Count

Counts the number of times [+] and [ndash] are tapped as a problem is calculated ndash Counts the number of times [+] is tapped and

subtracts 1 each time [ndash] is tappedndash Count is reset to zero when pressing the total

key []Set the selector on the [PIC] key to turned

on feature Calculate 45 [+] 56 [+] 21 [+] [] Note item count in left margin (It should be 3)

More Item Count PracticeMore Item Count Practice

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate the item count feature [PmiddotIC] Calculate 813 [+] 10 [+] 297 [+] 45 [+] [=] Did you get 1165 Look for the number 4 indicating the number of

entries in the problem Calculate problems 26 and 27 (p 11) in class

Grand Total FeatureGrand Total Feature

The grand total feature allows you to accumulate the answers to more than one problem

Set selector on P-IC GT and 0 decimal features

After you key your numbers tap the [GT] key on the left-hand side of the calculator

Use this feature when calculating multiple addition and subtract problems

Practice Grand TotalPractice Grand Total Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate grand total feature [GT] selector Calculate 34 [+] 189 [+] amp [] then continue

with next problem 735 [+] 206 [+] amp [] continue on to next problem 290 [+] 54 [+] amp []

Did you get 223 941 and 344 Obtain the grand total by tapping the [GT] key on

left-hand side Did you get 1508

Solving ProblemsSolving Problems

Calculate problems 28 and 29 (p 11) by putting the grand total amounts in d Do together in class

When solving problems 36-53 (Do on own)ndash When calculating problems 36-40 concentrate on

improving technique as you key No GT for thesendash Problems 41-46 you add the rows across and put the

grand total in 47ndash Problems 48-52 you add the columns down and put the

grand total in 53 ndash 47 amp 53 should be the same number

Learning Task 3Learning Task 3

Decimals

Decimal Place ValuesDecimal Place ValuesNumbers to the left of the decimal are whole

numbers Each place is ten times greater than the place to its right For number 36921983

3692(3 thousands 6 hundreds 9 tens 2 ones)

Digits to the right of the decimal indicate a part of the whole or a fraction of the whole Each place is ten times greater than the place to its left

1983(1 tenths 9 hundredths 8 thousandths 3 ten

thousandths)

Addition of DecimalsAddition of Decimals

Set the decimal selector to set the number of decimal places needed in your answer

Always determine the number of decimal places required before you begin your computations

Floating DecimalsFloating DecimalsThe floating position is used when answers

need to be carried out to the maximum places allowed by the calculator (F 0 1 2 3 6)

Mostly used when the entries have a different number of decimal places

Look for an [F] on the decimal selectorThe decimal position is not aligned on the

tape when the floating position is used

You must key in the decimal point

Practice Floating DecimalsPractice Floating Decimals Calculate problems 1 through 2

ndash Clear the calculatorndash Set Decimal Selector on F

Donrsquot forget to key in your decimal pointndash Enter 7987 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 465165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 132943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 104456 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 1501264

Calculate problems 3-8 on own (p 15)

Fixed DecimalsFixed Decimals

Use the fixed decimal position when the answer is to be carried out to a specific number of decimal places or when each entry has the same number of decimal places

Set the selector for the number of decimal places required

The decimal point is aligned on the tape when the fixed position is used

Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point

ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375

Calculate problems 11-16 on own

Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents

or when calculating problems with two decimal places

Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when

entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the

tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point

Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal

selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707

Calculate problems 19-24 on own

Learning Task 4Learning Task 4

Subtraction

SubtractionSubtraction

The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend

(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted

from the minuend)

Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own

Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals

ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places

ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals

ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)

ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class

Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a

small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)

When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer

Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red

Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in

parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own

Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature

The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations

The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry

For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places

Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class

Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature

Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number

Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape

Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add

Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class

Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all

answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered

The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key

When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key

Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762

ContCont

Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and

subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]

Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses

ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems

ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease

Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use

before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)

Practice Finger PositionPractice Finger Position Clear the calculator by pressing [CE] and [] Set decimal selector to 0 Position the book at an angle so you can keep your

eyes on the problems while operating the key pad by touch

Curve your fingers and place them over the home row keys

Enter the digits from left to rightndash Enter 4 5 6 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 5 6 4 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 6 4 5 and tap the [+] key

Tap the total key [] to calculate the sum (1665)

Correcting ErrorsCorrecting Errors

Accuracy is extremely important Be aware when you have entered the wrong digits

Correcting errors before tapping the plus keymdashstrike the [CE] key once

The [rarr] is the last digit correction key Correcting errors after tapping the plus keymdashtap

the [-] key immediately before entering the next addend This will subtract the incorrect number from the total

Verifying and RecordingVerifying and RecordingYour AnswersYour Answers

Always check calculations for accuracy Record answer in space provided at end of each problemndash Printing mode Verify the calculations with the tape

entriesndash Display mode Repeat the problem in reverse addition

(add the numbers from bottom to top) If your answer is correct place a small checkmark

next to the first answer and record it on the answer sheet If your second answer is different write it next to first answer and calculate again Draw line through incorrect answers and record correct answer on the answer sheet

Problems 1-20Problems 1-20

Use the touch method to calculate problems 1 6 11 and 16 on p 9 two times (First time use tape second time use display and add from bottom up)

Remember to keep your eyes on the problems Develop the habit of using the total symbol on the

tape before beginning a problem See if you can increase your speed by keying in

the problem two times (Key the problem without the tape on first and then turn on the tape feature)

Complete rest of problems on p 9 on own

Special FeaturesSpecial Features

Repeating EntriesRepeating Entries

Allows a number to be entered only once It repeated by simply tapping the [+] key as many times as neededndash Enter 314 and tap the [+] key twicendash Enter 555 and tap the [+] key three timesndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 2293

Complete problems 21 and 22 (p 11) in class Complete problems 23-25 on own

Item CountItem Count

Counts the number of times [+] and [ndash] are tapped as a problem is calculated ndash Counts the number of times [+] is tapped and

subtracts 1 each time [ndash] is tappedndash Count is reset to zero when pressing the total

key []Set the selector on the [PIC] key to turned

on feature Calculate 45 [+] 56 [+] 21 [+] [] Note item count in left margin (It should be 3)

More Item Count PracticeMore Item Count Practice

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate the item count feature [PmiddotIC] Calculate 813 [+] 10 [+] 297 [+] 45 [+] [=] Did you get 1165 Look for the number 4 indicating the number of

entries in the problem Calculate problems 26 and 27 (p 11) in class

Grand Total FeatureGrand Total Feature

The grand total feature allows you to accumulate the answers to more than one problem

Set selector on P-IC GT and 0 decimal features

After you key your numbers tap the [GT] key on the left-hand side of the calculator

Use this feature when calculating multiple addition and subtract problems

Practice Grand TotalPractice Grand Total Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate grand total feature [GT] selector Calculate 34 [+] 189 [+] amp [] then continue

with next problem 735 [+] 206 [+] amp [] continue on to next problem 290 [+] 54 [+] amp []

Did you get 223 941 and 344 Obtain the grand total by tapping the [GT] key on

left-hand side Did you get 1508

Solving ProblemsSolving Problems

Calculate problems 28 and 29 (p 11) by putting the grand total amounts in d Do together in class

When solving problems 36-53 (Do on own)ndash When calculating problems 36-40 concentrate on

improving technique as you key No GT for thesendash Problems 41-46 you add the rows across and put the

grand total in 47ndash Problems 48-52 you add the columns down and put the

grand total in 53 ndash 47 amp 53 should be the same number

Learning Task 3Learning Task 3

Decimals

Decimal Place ValuesDecimal Place ValuesNumbers to the left of the decimal are whole

numbers Each place is ten times greater than the place to its right For number 36921983

3692(3 thousands 6 hundreds 9 tens 2 ones)

Digits to the right of the decimal indicate a part of the whole or a fraction of the whole Each place is ten times greater than the place to its left

1983(1 tenths 9 hundredths 8 thousandths 3 ten

thousandths)

Addition of DecimalsAddition of Decimals

Set the decimal selector to set the number of decimal places needed in your answer

Always determine the number of decimal places required before you begin your computations

Floating DecimalsFloating DecimalsThe floating position is used when answers

need to be carried out to the maximum places allowed by the calculator (F 0 1 2 3 6)

Mostly used when the entries have a different number of decimal places

Look for an [F] on the decimal selectorThe decimal position is not aligned on the

tape when the floating position is used

You must key in the decimal point

Practice Floating DecimalsPractice Floating Decimals Calculate problems 1 through 2

ndash Clear the calculatorndash Set Decimal Selector on F

Donrsquot forget to key in your decimal pointndash Enter 7987 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 465165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 132943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 104456 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 1501264

Calculate problems 3-8 on own (p 15)

Fixed DecimalsFixed Decimals

Use the fixed decimal position when the answer is to be carried out to a specific number of decimal places or when each entry has the same number of decimal places

Set the selector for the number of decimal places required

The decimal point is aligned on the tape when the fixed position is used

Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point

ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375

Calculate problems 11-16 on own

Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents

or when calculating problems with two decimal places

Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when

entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the

tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point

Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal

selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707

Calculate problems 19-24 on own

Learning Task 4Learning Task 4

Subtraction

SubtractionSubtraction

The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend

(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted

from the minuend)

Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own

Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals

ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places

ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals

ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)

ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class

Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a

small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)

When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer

Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red

Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in

parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own

Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature

The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations

The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry

For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places

Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class

Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature

Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number

Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape

Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add

Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class

Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all

answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered

The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key

When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key

Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762

ContCont

Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and

subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]

Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses

ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems

ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease

Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use

before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)

Correcting ErrorsCorrecting Errors

Accuracy is extremely important Be aware when you have entered the wrong digits

Correcting errors before tapping the plus keymdashstrike the [CE] key once

The [rarr] is the last digit correction key Correcting errors after tapping the plus keymdashtap

the [-] key immediately before entering the next addend This will subtract the incorrect number from the total

Verifying and RecordingVerifying and RecordingYour AnswersYour Answers

Always check calculations for accuracy Record answer in space provided at end of each problemndash Printing mode Verify the calculations with the tape

entriesndash Display mode Repeat the problem in reverse addition

(add the numbers from bottom to top) If your answer is correct place a small checkmark

next to the first answer and record it on the answer sheet If your second answer is different write it next to first answer and calculate again Draw line through incorrect answers and record correct answer on the answer sheet

Problems 1-20Problems 1-20

Use the touch method to calculate problems 1 6 11 and 16 on p 9 two times (First time use tape second time use display and add from bottom up)

Remember to keep your eyes on the problems Develop the habit of using the total symbol on the

tape before beginning a problem See if you can increase your speed by keying in

the problem two times (Key the problem without the tape on first and then turn on the tape feature)

Complete rest of problems on p 9 on own

Special FeaturesSpecial Features

Repeating EntriesRepeating Entries

Allows a number to be entered only once It repeated by simply tapping the [+] key as many times as neededndash Enter 314 and tap the [+] key twicendash Enter 555 and tap the [+] key three timesndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 2293

Complete problems 21 and 22 (p 11) in class Complete problems 23-25 on own

Item CountItem Count

Counts the number of times [+] and [ndash] are tapped as a problem is calculated ndash Counts the number of times [+] is tapped and

subtracts 1 each time [ndash] is tappedndash Count is reset to zero when pressing the total

key []Set the selector on the [PIC] key to turned

on feature Calculate 45 [+] 56 [+] 21 [+] [] Note item count in left margin (It should be 3)

More Item Count PracticeMore Item Count Practice

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate the item count feature [PmiddotIC] Calculate 813 [+] 10 [+] 297 [+] 45 [+] [=] Did you get 1165 Look for the number 4 indicating the number of

entries in the problem Calculate problems 26 and 27 (p 11) in class

Grand Total FeatureGrand Total Feature

The grand total feature allows you to accumulate the answers to more than one problem

Set selector on P-IC GT and 0 decimal features

After you key your numbers tap the [GT] key on the left-hand side of the calculator

Use this feature when calculating multiple addition and subtract problems

Practice Grand TotalPractice Grand Total Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate grand total feature [GT] selector Calculate 34 [+] 189 [+] amp [] then continue

with next problem 735 [+] 206 [+] amp [] continue on to next problem 290 [+] 54 [+] amp []

Did you get 223 941 and 344 Obtain the grand total by tapping the [GT] key on

left-hand side Did you get 1508

Solving ProblemsSolving Problems

Calculate problems 28 and 29 (p 11) by putting the grand total amounts in d Do together in class

When solving problems 36-53 (Do on own)ndash When calculating problems 36-40 concentrate on

improving technique as you key No GT for thesendash Problems 41-46 you add the rows across and put the

grand total in 47ndash Problems 48-52 you add the columns down and put the

grand total in 53 ndash 47 amp 53 should be the same number

Learning Task 3Learning Task 3

Decimals

Decimal Place ValuesDecimal Place ValuesNumbers to the left of the decimal are whole

numbers Each place is ten times greater than the place to its right For number 36921983

3692(3 thousands 6 hundreds 9 tens 2 ones)

Digits to the right of the decimal indicate a part of the whole or a fraction of the whole Each place is ten times greater than the place to its left

1983(1 tenths 9 hundredths 8 thousandths 3 ten

thousandths)

Addition of DecimalsAddition of Decimals

Set the decimal selector to set the number of decimal places needed in your answer

Always determine the number of decimal places required before you begin your computations

Floating DecimalsFloating DecimalsThe floating position is used when answers

need to be carried out to the maximum places allowed by the calculator (F 0 1 2 3 6)

Mostly used when the entries have a different number of decimal places

Look for an [F] on the decimal selectorThe decimal position is not aligned on the

tape when the floating position is used

You must key in the decimal point

Practice Floating DecimalsPractice Floating Decimals Calculate problems 1 through 2

ndash Clear the calculatorndash Set Decimal Selector on F

Donrsquot forget to key in your decimal pointndash Enter 7987 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 465165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 132943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 104456 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 1501264

Calculate problems 3-8 on own (p 15)

Fixed DecimalsFixed Decimals

Use the fixed decimal position when the answer is to be carried out to a specific number of decimal places or when each entry has the same number of decimal places

Set the selector for the number of decimal places required

The decimal point is aligned on the tape when the fixed position is used

Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point

ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375

Calculate problems 11-16 on own

Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents

or when calculating problems with two decimal places

Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when

entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the

tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point

Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal

selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707

Calculate problems 19-24 on own

Learning Task 4Learning Task 4

Subtraction

SubtractionSubtraction

The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend

(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted

from the minuend)

Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own

Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals

ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places

ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals

ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)

ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class

Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a

small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)

When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer

Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red

Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in

parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own

Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature

The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations

The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry

For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places

Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class

Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature

Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number

Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape

Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add

Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class

Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all

answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered

The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key

When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key

Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762

ContCont

Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and

subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]

Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses

ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems

ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease

Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use

before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)

Verifying and RecordingVerifying and RecordingYour AnswersYour Answers

Always check calculations for accuracy Record answer in space provided at end of each problemndash Printing mode Verify the calculations with the tape

entriesndash Display mode Repeat the problem in reverse addition

(add the numbers from bottom to top) If your answer is correct place a small checkmark

next to the first answer and record it on the answer sheet If your second answer is different write it next to first answer and calculate again Draw line through incorrect answers and record correct answer on the answer sheet

Problems 1-20Problems 1-20

Use the touch method to calculate problems 1 6 11 and 16 on p 9 two times (First time use tape second time use display and add from bottom up)

Remember to keep your eyes on the problems Develop the habit of using the total symbol on the

tape before beginning a problem See if you can increase your speed by keying in

the problem two times (Key the problem without the tape on first and then turn on the tape feature)

Complete rest of problems on p 9 on own

Special FeaturesSpecial Features

Repeating EntriesRepeating Entries

Allows a number to be entered only once It repeated by simply tapping the [+] key as many times as neededndash Enter 314 and tap the [+] key twicendash Enter 555 and tap the [+] key three timesndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 2293

Complete problems 21 and 22 (p 11) in class Complete problems 23-25 on own

Item CountItem Count

Counts the number of times [+] and [ndash] are tapped as a problem is calculated ndash Counts the number of times [+] is tapped and

subtracts 1 each time [ndash] is tappedndash Count is reset to zero when pressing the total

key []Set the selector on the [PIC] key to turned

on feature Calculate 45 [+] 56 [+] 21 [+] [] Note item count in left margin (It should be 3)

More Item Count PracticeMore Item Count Practice

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate the item count feature [PmiddotIC] Calculate 813 [+] 10 [+] 297 [+] 45 [+] [=] Did you get 1165 Look for the number 4 indicating the number of

entries in the problem Calculate problems 26 and 27 (p 11) in class

Grand Total FeatureGrand Total Feature

The grand total feature allows you to accumulate the answers to more than one problem

Set selector on P-IC GT and 0 decimal features

After you key your numbers tap the [GT] key on the left-hand side of the calculator

Use this feature when calculating multiple addition and subtract problems

Practice Grand TotalPractice Grand Total Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate grand total feature [GT] selector Calculate 34 [+] 189 [+] amp [] then continue

with next problem 735 [+] 206 [+] amp [] continue on to next problem 290 [+] 54 [+] amp []

Did you get 223 941 and 344 Obtain the grand total by tapping the [GT] key on

left-hand side Did you get 1508

Solving ProblemsSolving Problems

Calculate problems 28 and 29 (p 11) by putting the grand total amounts in d Do together in class

When solving problems 36-53 (Do on own)ndash When calculating problems 36-40 concentrate on

improving technique as you key No GT for thesendash Problems 41-46 you add the rows across and put the

grand total in 47ndash Problems 48-52 you add the columns down and put the

grand total in 53 ndash 47 amp 53 should be the same number

Learning Task 3Learning Task 3

Decimals

Decimal Place ValuesDecimal Place ValuesNumbers to the left of the decimal are whole

numbers Each place is ten times greater than the place to its right For number 36921983

3692(3 thousands 6 hundreds 9 tens 2 ones)

Digits to the right of the decimal indicate a part of the whole or a fraction of the whole Each place is ten times greater than the place to its left

1983(1 tenths 9 hundredths 8 thousandths 3 ten

thousandths)

Addition of DecimalsAddition of Decimals

Set the decimal selector to set the number of decimal places needed in your answer

Always determine the number of decimal places required before you begin your computations

Floating DecimalsFloating DecimalsThe floating position is used when answers

need to be carried out to the maximum places allowed by the calculator (F 0 1 2 3 6)

Mostly used when the entries have a different number of decimal places

Look for an [F] on the decimal selectorThe decimal position is not aligned on the

tape when the floating position is used

You must key in the decimal point

Practice Floating DecimalsPractice Floating Decimals Calculate problems 1 through 2

ndash Clear the calculatorndash Set Decimal Selector on F

Donrsquot forget to key in your decimal pointndash Enter 7987 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 465165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 132943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 104456 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 1501264

Calculate problems 3-8 on own (p 15)

Fixed DecimalsFixed Decimals

Use the fixed decimal position when the answer is to be carried out to a specific number of decimal places or when each entry has the same number of decimal places

Set the selector for the number of decimal places required

The decimal point is aligned on the tape when the fixed position is used

Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point

ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375

Calculate problems 11-16 on own

Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents

or when calculating problems with two decimal places

Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when

entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the

tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point

Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal

selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707

Calculate problems 19-24 on own

Learning Task 4Learning Task 4

Subtraction

SubtractionSubtraction

The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend

(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted

from the minuend)

Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own

Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals

ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places

ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals

ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)

ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class

Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a

small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)

When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer

Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red

Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in

parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own

Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature

The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations

The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry

For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places

Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class

Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature

Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number

Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape

Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add

Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class

Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all

answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered

The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key

When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key

Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762

ContCont

Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and

subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]

Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses

ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems

ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease

Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use

before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)

Problems 1-20Problems 1-20

Use the touch method to calculate problems 1 6 11 and 16 on p 9 two times (First time use tape second time use display and add from bottom up)

Remember to keep your eyes on the problems Develop the habit of using the total symbol on the

tape before beginning a problem See if you can increase your speed by keying in

the problem two times (Key the problem without the tape on first and then turn on the tape feature)

Complete rest of problems on p 9 on own

Special FeaturesSpecial Features

Repeating EntriesRepeating Entries

Allows a number to be entered only once It repeated by simply tapping the [+] key as many times as neededndash Enter 314 and tap the [+] key twicendash Enter 555 and tap the [+] key three timesndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 2293

Complete problems 21 and 22 (p 11) in class Complete problems 23-25 on own

Item CountItem Count

Counts the number of times [+] and [ndash] are tapped as a problem is calculated ndash Counts the number of times [+] is tapped and

subtracts 1 each time [ndash] is tappedndash Count is reset to zero when pressing the total

key []Set the selector on the [PIC] key to turned

on feature Calculate 45 [+] 56 [+] 21 [+] [] Note item count in left margin (It should be 3)

More Item Count PracticeMore Item Count Practice

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate the item count feature [PmiddotIC] Calculate 813 [+] 10 [+] 297 [+] 45 [+] [=] Did you get 1165 Look for the number 4 indicating the number of

entries in the problem Calculate problems 26 and 27 (p 11) in class

Grand Total FeatureGrand Total Feature

The grand total feature allows you to accumulate the answers to more than one problem

Set selector on P-IC GT and 0 decimal features

After you key your numbers tap the [GT] key on the left-hand side of the calculator

Use this feature when calculating multiple addition and subtract problems

Practice Grand TotalPractice Grand Total Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate grand total feature [GT] selector Calculate 34 [+] 189 [+] amp [] then continue

with next problem 735 [+] 206 [+] amp [] continue on to next problem 290 [+] 54 [+] amp []

Did you get 223 941 and 344 Obtain the grand total by tapping the [GT] key on

left-hand side Did you get 1508

Solving ProblemsSolving Problems

Calculate problems 28 and 29 (p 11) by putting the grand total amounts in d Do together in class

When solving problems 36-53 (Do on own)ndash When calculating problems 36-40 concentrate on

improving technique as you key No GT for thesendash Problems 41-46 you add the rows across and put the

grand total in 47ndash Problems 48-52 you add the columns down and put the

grand total in 53 ndash 47 amp 53 should be the same number

Learning Task 3Learning Task 3

Decimals

Decimal Place ValuesDecimal Place ValuesNumbers to the left of the decimal are whole

numbers Each place is ten times greater than the place to its right For number 36921983

3692(3 thousands 6 hundreds 9 tens 2 ones)

Digits to the right of the decimal indicate a part of the whole or a fraction of the whole Each place is ten times greater than the place to its left

1983(1 tenths 9 hundredths 8 thousandths 3 ten

thousandths)

Addition of DecimalsAddition of Decimals

Set the decimal selector to set the number of decimal places needed in your answer

Always determine the number of decimal places required before you begin your computations

Floating DecimalsFloating DecimalsThe floating position is used when answers

need to be carried out to the maximum places allowed by the calculator (F 0 1 2 3 6)

Mostly used when the entries have a different number of decimal places

Look for an [F] on the decimal selectorThe decimal position is not aligned on the

tape when the floating position is used

You must key in the decimal point

Practice Floating DecimalsPractice Floating Decimals Calculate problems 1 through 2

ndash Clear the calculatorndash Set Decimal Selector on F

Donrsquot forget to key in your decimal pointndash Enter 7987 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 465165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 132943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 104456 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 1501264

Calculate problems 3-8 on own (p 15)

Fixed DecimalsFixed Decimals

Use the fixed decimal position when the answer is to be carried out to a specific number of decimal places or when each entry has the same number of decimal places

Set the selector for the number of decimal places required

The decimal point is aligned on the tape when the fixed position is used

Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point

ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375

Calculate problems 11-16 on own

Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents

or when calculating problems with two decimal places

Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when

entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the

tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point

Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal

selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707

Calculate problems 19-24 on own

Learning Task 4Learning Task 4

Subtraction

SubtractionSubtraction

The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend

(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted

from the minuend)

Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own

Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals

ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places

ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals

ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)

ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class

Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a

small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)

When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer

Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red

Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in

parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own

Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature

The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations

The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry

For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places

Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class

Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature

Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number

Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape

Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add

Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class

Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all

answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered

The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key

When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key

Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762

ContCont

Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and

subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]

Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses

ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems

ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease

Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use

before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)

Special FeaturesSpecial Features

Repeating EntriesRepeating Entries

Allows a number to be entered only once It repeated by simply tapping the [+] key as many times as neededndash Enter 314 and tap the [+] key twicendash Enter 555 and tap the [+] key three timesndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 2293

Complete problems 21 and 22 (p 11) in class Complete problems 23-25 on own

Item CountItem Count

Counts the number of times [+] and [ndash] are tapped as a problem is calculated ndash Counts the number of times [+] is tapped and

subtracts 1 each time [ndash] is tappedndash Count is reset to zero when pressing the total

key []Set the selector on the [PIC] key to turned

on feature Calculate 45 [+] 56 [+] 21 [+] [] Note item count in left margin (It should be 3)

More Item Count PracticeMore Item Count Practice

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate the item count feature [PmiddotIC] Calculate 813 [+] 10 [+] 297 [+] 45 [+] [=] Did you get 1165 Look for the number 4 indicating the number of

entries in the problem Calculate problems 26 and 27 (p 11) in class

Grand Total FeatureGrand Total Feature

The grand total feature allows you to accumulate the answers to more than one problem

Set selector on P-IC GT and 0 decimal features

After you key your numbers tap the [GT] key on the left-hand side of the calculator

Use this feature when calculating multiple addition and subtract problems

Practice Grand TotalPractice Grand Total Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate grand total feature [GT] selector Calculate 34 [+] 189 [+] amp [] then continue

with next problem 735 [+] 206 [+] amp [] continue on to next problem 290 [+] 54 [+] amp []

Did you get 223 941 and 344 Obtain the grand total by tapping the [GT] key on

left-hand side Did you get 1508

Solving ProblemsSolving Problems

Calculate problems 28 and 29 (p 11) by putting the grand total amounts in d Do together in class

When solving problems 36-53 (Do on own)ndash When calculating problems 36-40 concentrate on

improving technique as you key No GT for thesendash Problems 41-46 you add the rows across and put the

grand total in 47ndash Problems 48-52 you add the columns down and put the

grand total in 53 ndash 47 amp 53 should be the same number

Learning Task 3Learning Task 3

Decimals

Decimal Place ValuesDecimal Place ValuesNumbers to the left of the decimal are whole

numbers Each place is ten times greater than the place to its right For number 36921983

3692(3 thousands 6 hundreds 9 tens 2 ones)

Digits to the right of the decimal indicate a part of the whole or a fraction of the whole Each place is ten times greater than the place to its left

1983(1 tenths 9 hundredths 8 thousandths 3 ten

thousandths)

Addition of DecimalsAddition of Decimals

Set the decimal selector to set the number of decimal places needed in your answer

Always determine the number of decimal places required before you begin your computations

Floating DecimalsFloating DecimalsThe floating position is used when answers

need to be carried out to the maximum places allowed by the calculator (F 0 1 2 3 6)

Mostly used when the entries have a different number of decimal places

Look for an [F] on the decimal selectorThe decimal position is not aligned on the

tape when the floating position is used

You must key in the decimal point

Practice Floating DecimalsPractice Floating Decimals Calculate problems 1 through 2

ndash Clear the calculatorndash Set Decimal Selector on F

Donrsquot forget to key in your decimal pointndash Enter 7987 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 465165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 132943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 104456 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 1501264

Calculate problems 3-8 on own (p 15)

Fixed DecimalsFixed Decimals

Use the fixed decimal position when the answer is to be carried out to a specific number of decimal places or when each entry has the same number of decimal places

Set the selector for the number of decimal places required

The decimal point is aligned on the tape when the fixed position is used

Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point

ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375

Calculate problems 11-16 on own

Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents

or when calculating problems with two decimal places

Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when

entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the

tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point

Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal

selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707

Calculate problems 19-24 on own

Learning Task 4Learning Task 4

Subtraction

SubtractionSubtraction

The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend

(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted

from the minuend)

Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own

Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals

ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places

ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals

ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)

ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class

Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a

small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)

When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer

Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red

Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in

parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own

Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature

The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations

The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry

For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places

Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class

Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature

Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number

Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape

Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add

Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class

Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all

answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered

The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key

When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key

Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762

ContCont

Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and

subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]

Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses

ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems

ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease

Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use

before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)

Repeating EntriesRepeating Entries

Allows a number to be entered only once It repeated by simply tapping the [+] key as many times as neededndash Enter 314 and tap the [+] key twicendash Enter 555 and tap the [+] key three timesndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 2293

Complete problems 21 and 22 (p 11) in class Complete problems 23-25 on own

Item CountItem Count

Counts the number of times [+] and [ndash] are tapped as a problem is calculated ndash Counts the number of times [+] is tapped and

subtracts 1 each time [ndash] is tappedndash Count is reset to zero when pressing the total

key []Set the selector on the [PIC] key to turned

on feature Calculate 45 [+] 56 [+] 21 [+] [] Note item count in left margin (It should be 3)

More Item Count PracticeMore Item Count Practice

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate the item count feature [PmiddotIC] Calculate 813 [+] 10 [+] 297 [+] 45 [+] [=] Did you get 1165 Look for the number 4 indicating the number of

entries in the problem Calculate problems 26 and 27 (p 11) in class

Grand Total FeatureGrand Total Feature

The grand total feature allows you to accumulate the answers to more than one problem

Set selector on P-IC GT and 0 decimal features

After you key your numbers tap the [GT] key on the left-hand side of the calculator

Use this feature when calculating multiple addition and subtract problems

Practice Grand TotalPractice Grand Total Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate grand total feature [GT] selector Calculate 34 [+] 189 [+] amp [] then continue

with next problem 735 [+] 206 [+] amp [] continue on to next problem 290 [+] 54 [+] amp []

Did you get 223 941 and 344 Obtain the grand total by tapping the [GT] key on

left-hand side Did you get 1508

Solving ProblemsSolving Problems

Calculate problems 28 and 29 (p 11) by putting the grand total amounts in d Do together in class

When solving problems 36-53 (Do on own)ndash When calculating problems 36-40 concentrate on

improving technique as you key No GT for thesendash Problems 41-46 you add the rows across and put the

grand total in 47ndash Problems 48-52 you add the columns down and put the

grand total in 53 ndash 47 amp 53 should be the same number

Learning Task 3Learning Task 3

Decimals

Decimal Place ValuesDecimal Place ValuesNumbers to the left of the decimal are whole

numbers Each place is ten times greater than the place to its right For number 36921983

3692(3 thousands 6 hundreds 9 tens 2 ones)

Digits to the right of the decimal indicate a part of the whole or a fraction of the whole Each place is ten times greater than the place to its left

1983(1 tenths 9 hundredths 8 thousandths 3 ten

thousandths)

Addition of DecimalsAddition of Decimals

Set the decimal selector to set the number of decimal places needed in your answer

Always determine the number of decimal places required before you begin your computations

Floating DecimalsFloating DecimalsThe floating position is used when answers

need to be carried out to the maximum places allowed by the calculator (F 0 1 2 3 6)

Mostly used when the entries have a different number of decimal places

Look for an [F] on the decimal selectorThe decimal position is not aligned on the

tape when the floating position is used

You must key in the decimal point

Practice Floating DecimalsPractice Floating Decimals Calculate problems 1 through 2

ndash Clear the calculatorndash Set Decimal Selector on F

Donrsquot forget to key in your decimal pointndash Enter 7987 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 465165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 132943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 104456 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 1501264

Calculate problems 3-8 on own (p 15)

Fixed DecimalsFixed Decimals

Use the fixed decimal position when the answer is to be carried out to a specific number of decimal places or when each entry has the same number of decimal places

Set the selector for the number of decimal places required

The decimal point is aligned on the tape when the fixed position is used

Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point

ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375

Calculate problems 11-16 on own

Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents

or when calculating problems with two decimal places

Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when

entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the

tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point

Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal

selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707

Calculate problems 19-24 on own

Learning Task 4Learning Task 4

Subtraction

SubtractionSubtraction

The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend

(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted

from the minuend)

Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own

Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals

ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places

ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals

ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)

ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class

Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a

small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)

When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer

Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red

Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in

parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own

Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature

The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations

The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry

For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places

Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class

Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature

Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number

Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape

Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add

Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class

Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all

answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered

The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key

When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key

Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762

ContCont

Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and

subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]

Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses

ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems

ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease

Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use

before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)

Item CountItem Count

Counts the number of times [+] and [ndash] are tapped as a problem is calculated ndash Counts the number of times [+] is tapped and

subtracts 1 each time [ndash] is tappedndash Count is reset to zero when pressing the total

key []Set the selector on the [PIC] key to turned

on feature Calculate 45 [+] 56 [+] 21 [+] [] Note item count in left margin (It should be 3)

More Item Count PracticeMore Item Count Practice

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate the item count feature [PmiddotIC] Calculate 813 [+] 10 [+] 297 [+] 45 [+] [=] Did you get 1165 Look for the number 4 indicating the number of

entries in the problem Calculate problems 26 and 27 (p 11) in class

Grand Total FeatureGrand Total Feature

The grand total feature allows you to accumulate the answers to more than one problem

Set selector on P-IC GT and 0 decimal features

After you key your numbers tap the [GT] key on the left-hand side of the calculator

Use this feature when calculating multiple addition and subtract problems

Practice Grand TotalPractice Grand Total Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate grand total feature [GT] selector Calculate 34 [+] 189 [+] amp [] then continue

with next problem 735 [+] 206 [+] amp [] continue on to next problem 290 [+] 54 [+] amp []

Did you get 223 941 and 344 Obtain the grand total by tapping the [GT] key on

left-hand side Did you get 1508

Solving ProblemsSolving Problems

Calculate problems 28 and 29 (p 11) by putting the grand total amounts in d Do together in class

When solving problems 36-53 (Do on own)ndash When calculating problems 36-40 concentrate on

improving technique as you key No GT for thesendash Problems 41-46 you add the rows across and put the

grand total in 47ndash Problems 48-52 you add the columns down and put the

grand total in 53 ndash 47 amp 53 should be the same number

Learning Task 3Learning Task 3

Decimals

Decimal Place ValuesDecimal Place ValuesNumbers to the left of the decimal are whole

numbers Each place is ten times greater than the place to its right For number 36921983

3692(3 thousands 6 hundreds 9 tens 2 ones)

Digits to the right of the decimal indicate a part of the whole or a fraction of the whole Each place is ten times greater than the place to its left

1983(1 tenths 9 hundredths 8 thousandths 3 ten

thousandths)

Addition of DecimalsAddition of Decimals

Set the decimal selector to set the number of decimal places needed in your answer

Always determine the number of decimal places required before you begin your computations

Floating DecimalsFloating DecimalsThe floating position is used when answers

need to be carried out to the maximum places allowed by the calculator (F 0 1 2 3 6)

Mostly used when the entries have a different number of decimal places

Look for an [F] on the decimal selectorThe decimal position is not aligned on the

tape when the floating position is used

You must key in the decimal point

Practice Floating DecimalsPractice Floating Decimals Calculate problems 1 through 2

ndash Clear the calculatorndash Set Decimal Selector on F

Donrsquot forget to key in your decimal pointndash Enter 7987 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 465165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 132943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 104456 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 1501264

Calculate problems 3-8 on own (p 15)

Fixed DecimalsFixed Decimals

Use the fixed decimal position when the answer is to be carried out to a specific number of decimal places or when each entry has the same number of decimal places

Set the selector for the number of decimal places required

The decimal point is aligned on the tape when the fixed position is used

Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point

ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375

Calculate problems 11-16 on own

Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents

or when calculating problems with two decimal places

Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when

entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the

tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point

Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal

selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707

Calculate problems 19-24 on own

Learning Task 4Learning Task 4

Subtraction

SubtractionSubtraction

The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend

(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted

from the minuend)

Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own

Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals

ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places

ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals

ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)

ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class

Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a

small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)

When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer

Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red

Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in

parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own

Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature

The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations

The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry

For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places

Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class

Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature

Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number

Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape

Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add

Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class

Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all

answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered

The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key

When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key

Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762

ContCont

Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and

subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]

Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses

ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems

ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease

Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use

before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)

More Item Count PracticeMore Item Count Practice

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate the item count feature [PmiddotIC] Calculate 813 [+] 10 [+] 297 [+] 45 [+] [=] Did you get 1165 Look for the number 4 indicating the number of

entries in the problem Calculate problems 26 and 27 (p 11) in class

Grand Total FeatureGrand Total Feature

The grand total feature allows you to accumulate the answers to more than one problem

Set selector on P-IC GT and 0 decimal features

After you key your numbers tap the [GT] key on the left-hand side of the calculator

Use this feature when calculating multiple addition and subtract problems

Practice Grand TotalPractice Grand Total Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate grand total feature [GT] selector Calculate 34 [+] 189 [+] amp [] then continue

with next problem 735 [+] 206 [+] amp [] continue on to next problem 290 [+] 54 [+] amp []

Did you get 223 941 and 344 Obtain the grand total by tapping the [GT] key on

left-hand side Did you get 1508

Solving ProblemsSolving Problems

Calculate problems 28 and 29 (p 11) by putting the grand total amounts in d Do together in class

When solving problems 36-53 (Do on own)ndash When calculating problems 36-40 concentrate on

improving technique as you key No GT for thesendash Problems 41-46 you add the rows across and put the

grand total in 47ndash Problems 48-52 you add the columns down and put the

grand total in 53 ndash 47 amp 53 should be the same number

Learning Task 3Learning Task 3

Decimals

Decimal Place ValuesDecimal Place ValuesNumbers to the left of the decimal are whole

numbers Each place is ten times greater than the place to its right For number 36921983

3692(3 thousands 6 hundreds 9 tens 2 ones)

Digits to the right of the decimal indicate a part of the whole or a fraction of the whole Each place is ten times greater than the place to its left

1983(1 tenths 9 hundredths 8 thousandths 3 ten

thousandths)

Addition of DecimalsAddition of Decimals

Set the decimal selector to set the number of decimal places needed in your answer

Always determine the number of decimal places required before you begin your computations

Floating DecimalsFloating DecimalsThe floating position is used when answers

need to be carried out to the maximum places allowed by the calculator (F 0 1 2 3 6)

Mostly used when the entries have a different number of decimal places

Look for an [F] on the decimal selectorThe decimal position is not aligned on the

tape when the floating position is used

You must key in the decimal point

Practice Floating DecimalsPractice Floating Decimals Calculate problems 1 through 2

ndash Clear the calculatorndash Set Decimal Selector on F

Donrsquot forget to key in your decimal pointndash Enter 7987 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 465165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 132943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 104456 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 1501264

Calculate problems 3-8 on own (p 15)

Fixed DecimalsFixed Decimals

Use the fixed decimal position when the answer is to be carried out to a specific number of decimal places or when each entry has the same number of decimal places

Set the selector for the number of decimal places required

The decimal point is aligned on the tape when the fixed position is used

Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point

ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375

Calculate problems 11-16 on own

Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents

or when calculating problems with two decimal places

Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when

entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the

tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point

Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal

selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707

Calculate problems 19-24 on own

Learning Task 4Learning Task 4

Subtraction

SubtractionSubtraction

The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend

(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted

from the minuend)

Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own

Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals

ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places

ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals

ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)

ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class

Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a

small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)

When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer

Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red

Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in

parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own

Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature

The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations

The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry

For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places

Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class

Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature

Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number

Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape

Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add

Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class

Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all

answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered

The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key

When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key

Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762

ContCont

Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and

subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]

Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses

ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems

ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease

Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use

before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)

Grand Total FeatureGrand Total Feature

The grand total feature allows you to accumulate the answers to more than one problem

Set selector on P-IC GT and 0 decimal features

After you key your numbers tap the [GT] key on the left-hand side of the calculator

Use this feature when calculating multiple addition and subtract problems

Practice Grand TotalPractice Grand Total Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate grand total feature [GT] selector Calculate 34 [+] 189 [+] amp [] then continue

with next problem 735 [+] 206 [+] amp [] continue on to next problem 290 [+] 54 [+] amp []

Did you get 223 941 and 344 Obtain the grand total by tapping the [GT] key on

left-hand side Did you get 1508

Solving ProblemsSolving Problems

Calculate problems 28 and 29 (p 11) by putting the grand total amounts in d Do together in class

When solving problems 36-53 (Do on own)ndash When calculating problems 36-40 concentrate on

improving technique as you key No GT for thesendash Problems 41-46 you add the rows across and put the

grand total in 47ndash Problems 48-52 you add the columns down and put the

grand total in 53 ndash 47 amp 53 should be the same number

Learning Task 3Learning Task 3

Decimals

Decimal Place ValuesDecimal Place ValuesNumbers to the left of the decimal are whole

numbers Each place is ten times greater than the place to its right For number 36921983

3692(3 thousands 6 hundreds 9 tens 2 ones)

Digits to the right of the decimal indicate a part of the whole or a fraction of the whole Each place is ten times greater than the place to its left

1983(1 tenths 9 hundredths 8 thousandths 3 ten

thousandths)

Addition of DecimalsAddition of Decimals

Set the decimal selector to set the number of decimal places needed in your answer

Always determine the number of decimal places required before you begin your computations

Floating DecimalsFloating DecimalsThe floating position is used when answers

need to be carried out to the maximum places allowed by the calculator (F 0 1 2 3 6)

Mostly used when the entries have a different number of decimal places

Look for an [F] on the decimal selectorThe decimal position is not aligned on the

tape when the floating position is used

You must key in the decimal point

Practice Floating DecimalsPractice Floating Decimals Calculate problems 1 through 2

ndash Clear the calculatorndash Set Decimal Selector on F

Donrsquot forget to key in your decimal pointndash Enter 7987 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 465165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 132943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 104456 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 1501264

Calculate problems 3-8 on own (p 15)

Fixed DecimalsFixed Decimals

Use the fixed decimal position when the answer is to be carried out to a specific number of decimal places or when each entry has the same number of decimal places

Set the selector for the number of decimal places required

The decimal point is aligned on the tape when the fixed position is used

Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point

ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375

Calculate problems 11-16 on own

Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents

or when calculating problems with two decimal places

Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when

entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the

tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point

Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal

selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707

Calculate problems 19-24 on own

Learning Task 4Learning Task 4

Subtraction

SubtractionSubtraction

The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend

(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted

from the minuend)

Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own

Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals

ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places

ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals

ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)

ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class

Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a

small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)

When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer

Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red

Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in

parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own

Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature

The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations

The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry

For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places

Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class

Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature

Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number

Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape

Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add

Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class

Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all

answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered

The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key

When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key

Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762

ContCont

Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and

subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]

Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses

ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems

ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease

Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use

before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)

Practice Grand TotalPractice Grand Total Clear the calculator Set decimal selector on 0 Activate grand total feature [GT] selector Calculate 34 [+] 189 [+] amp [] then continue

with next problem 735 [+] 206 [+] amp [] continue on to next problem 290 [+] 54 [+] amp []

Did you get 223 941 and 344 Obtain the grand total by tapping the [GT] key on

left-hand side Did you get 1508

Solving ProblemsSolving Problems

Calculate problems 28 and 29 (p 11) by putting the grand total amounts in d Do together in class

When solving problems 36-53 (Do on own)ndash When calculating problems 36-40 concentrate on

improving technique as you key No GT for thesendash Problems 41-46 you add the rows across and put the

grand total in 47ndash Problems 48-52 you add the columns down and put the

grand total in 53 ndash 47 amp 53 should be the same number

Learning Task 3Learning Task 3

Decimals

Decimal Place ValuesDecimal Place ValuesNumbers to the left of the decimal are whole

numbers Each place is ten times greater than the place to its right For number 36921983

3692(3 thousands 6 hundreds 9 tens 2 ones)

Digits to the right of the decimal indicate a part of the whole or a fraction of the whole Each place is ten times greater than the place to its left

1983(1 tenths 9 hundredths 8 thousandths 3 ten

thousandths)

Addition of DecimalsAddition of Decimals

Set the decimal selector to set the number of decimal places needed in your answer

Always determine the number of decimal places required before you begin your computations

Floating DecimalsFloating DecimalsThe floating position is used when answers

need to be carried out to the maximum places allowed by the calculator (F 0 1 2 3 6)

Mostly used when the entries have a different number of decimal places

Look for an [F] on the decimal selectorThe decimal position is not aligned on the

tape when the floating position is used

You must key in the decimal point

Practice Floating DecimalsPractice Floating Decimals Calculate problems 1 through 2

ndash Clear the calculatorndash Set Decimal Selector on F

Donrsquot forget to key in your decimal pointndash Enter 7987 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 465165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 132943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 104456 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 1501264

Calculate problems 3-8 on own (p 15)

Fixed DecimalsFixed Decimals

Use the fixed decimal position when the answer is to be carried out to a specific number of decimal places or when each entry has the same number of decimal places

Set the selector for the number of decimal places required

The decimal point is aligned on the tape when the fixed position is used

Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point

ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375

Calculate problems 11-16 on own

Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents

or when calculating problems with two decimal places

Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when

entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the

tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point

Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal

selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707

Calculate problems 19-24 on own

Learning Task 4Learning Task 4

Subtraction

SubtractionSubtraction

The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend

(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted

from the minuend)

Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own

Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals

ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places

ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals

ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)

ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class

Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a

small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)

When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer

Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red

Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in

parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own

Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature

The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations

The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry

For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places

Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class

Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature

Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number

Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape

Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add

Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class

Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all

answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered

The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key

When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key

Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762

ContCont

Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and

subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]

Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses

ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems

ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease

Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use

before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)

Solving ProblemsSolving Problems

Calculate problems 28 and 29 (p 11) by putting the grand total amounts in d Do together in class

When solving problems 36-53 (Do on own)ndash When calculating problems 36-40 concentrate on

improving technique as you key No GT for thesendash Problems 41-46 you add the rows across and put the

grand total in 47ndash Problems 48-52 you add the columns down and put the

grand total in 53 ndash 47 amp 53 should be the same number

Learning Task 3Learning Task 3

Decimals

Decimal Place ValuesDecimal Place ValuesNumbers to the left of the decimal are whole

numbers Each place is ten times greater than the place to its right For number 36921983

3692(3 thousands 6 hundreds 9 tens 2 ones)

Digits to the right of the decimal indicate a part of the whole or a fraction of the whole Each place is ten times greater than the place to its left

1983(1 tenths 9 hundredths 8 thousandths 3 ten

thousandths)

Addition of DecimalsAddition of Decimals

Set the decimal selector to set the number of decimal places needed in your answer

Always determine the number of decimal places required before you begin your computations

Floating DecimalsFloating DecimalsThe floating position is used when answers

need to be carried out to the maximum places allowed by the calculator (F 0 1 2 3 6)

Mostly used when the entries have a different number of decimal places

Look for an [F] on the decimal selectorThe decimal position is not aligned on the

tape when the floating position is used

You must key in the decimal point

Practice Floating DecimalsPractice Floating Decimals Calculate problems 1 through 2

ndash Clear the calculatorndash Set Decimal Selector on F

Donrsquot forget to key in your decimal pointndash Enter 7987 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 465165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 132943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 104456 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 1501264

Calculate problems 3-8 on own (p 15)

Fixed DecimalsFixed Decimals

Use the fixed decimal position when the answer is to be carried out to a specific number of decimal places or when each entry has the same number of decimal places

Set the selector for the number of decimal places required

The decimal point is aligned on the tape when the fixed position is used

Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point

ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375

Calculate problems 11-16 on own

Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents

or when calculating problems with two decimal places

Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when

entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the

tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point

Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal

selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707

Calculate problems 19-24 on own

Learning Task 4Learning Task 4

Subtraction

SubtractionSubtraction

The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend

(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted

from the minuend)

Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own

Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals

ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places

ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals

ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)

ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class

Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a

small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)

When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer

Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red

Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in

parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own

Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature

The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations

The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry

For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places

Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class

Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature

Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number

Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape

Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add

Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class

Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all

answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered

The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key

When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key

Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762

ContCont

Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and

subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]

Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses

ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems

ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease

Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use

before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)

Learning Task 3Learning Task 3

Decimals

Decimal Place ValuesDecimal Place ValuesNumbers to the left of the decimal are whole

numbers Each place is ten times greater than the place to its right For number 36921983

3692(3 thousands 6 hundreds 9 tens 2 ones)

Digits to the right of the decimal indicate a part of the whole or a fraction of the whole Each place is ten times greater than the place to its left

1983(1 tenths 9 hundredths 8 thousandths 3 ten

thousandths)

Addition of DecimalsAddition of Decimals

Set the decimal selector to set the number of decimal places needed in your answer

Always determine the number of decimal places required before you begin your computations

Floating DecimalsFloating DecimalsThe floating position is used when answers

need to be carried out to the maximum places allowed by the calculator (F 0 1 2 3 6)

Mostly used when the entries have a different number of decimal places

Look for an [F] on the decimal selectorThe decimal position is not aligned on the

tape when the floating position is used

You must key in the decimal point

Practice Floating DecimalsPractice Floating Decimals Calculate problems 1 through 2

ndash Clear the calculatorndash Set Decimal Selector on F

Donrsquot forget to key in your decimal pointndash Enter 7987 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 465165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 132943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 104456 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 1501264

Calculate problems 3-8 on own (p 15)

Fixed DecimalsFixed Decimals

Use the fixed decimal position when the answer is to be carried out to a specific number of decimal places or when each entry has the same number of decimal places

Set the selector for the number of decimal places required

The decimal point is aligned on the tape when the fixed position is used

Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point

ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375

Calculate problems 11-16 on own

Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents

or when calculating problems with two decimal places

Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when

entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the

tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point

Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal

selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707

Calculate problems 19-24 on own

Learning Task 4Learning Task 4

Subtraction

SubtractionSubtraction

The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend

(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted

from the minuend)

Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own

Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals

ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places

ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals

ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)

ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class

Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a

small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)

When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer

Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red

Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in

parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own

Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature

The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations

The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry

For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places

Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class

Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature

Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number

Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape

Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add

Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class

Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all

answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered

The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key

When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key

Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762

ContCont

Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and

subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]

Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses

ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems

ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease

Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use

before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)

Decimal Place ValuesDecimal Place ValuesNumbers to the left of the decimal are whole

numbers Each place is ten times greater than the place to its right For number 36921983

3692(3 thousands 6 hundreds 9 tens 2 ones)

Digits to the right of the decimal indicate a part of the whole or a fraction of the whole Each place is ten times greater than the place to its left

1983(1 tenths 9 hundredths 8 thousandths 3 ten

thousandths)

Addition of DecimalsAddition of Decimals

Set the decimal selector to set the number of decimal places needed in your answer

Always determine the number of decimal places required before you begin your computations

Floating DecimalsFloating DecimalsThe floating position is used when answers

need to be carried out to the maximum places allowed by the calculator (F 0 1 2 3 6)

Mostly used when the entries have a different number of decimal places

Look for an [F] on the decimal selectorThe decimal position is not aligned on the

tape when the floating position is used

You must key in the decimal point

Practice Floating DecimalsPractice Floating Decimals Calculate problems 1 through 2

ndash Clear the calculatorndash Set Decimal Selector on F

Donrsquot forget to key in your decimal pointndash Enter 7987 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 465165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 132943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 104456 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 1501264

Calculate problems 3-8 on own (p 15)

Fixed DecimalsFixed Decimals

Use the fixed decimal position when the answer is to be carried out to a specific number of decimal places or when each entry has the same number of decimal places

Set the selector for the number of decimal places required

The decimal point is aligned on the tape when the fixed position is used

Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point

ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375

Calculate problems 11-16 on own

Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents

or when calculating problems with two decimal places

Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when

entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the

tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point

Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal

selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707

Calculate problems 19-24 on own

Learning Task 4Learning Task 4

Subtraction

SubtractionSubtraction

The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend

(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted

from the minuend)

Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own

Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals

ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places

ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals

ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)

ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class

Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a

small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)

When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer

Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red

Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in

parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own

Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature

The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations

The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry

For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places

Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class

Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature

Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number

Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape

Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add

Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class

Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all

answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered

The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key

When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key

Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762

ContCont

Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and

subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]

Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses

ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems

ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease

Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use

before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)

Addition of DecimalsAddition of Decimals

Set the decimal selector to set the number of decimal places needed in your answer

Always determine the number of decimal places required before you begin your computations

Floating DecimalsFloating DecimalsThe floating position is used when answers

need to be carried out to the maximum places allowed by the calculator (F 0 1 2 3 6)

Mostly used when the entries have a different number of decimal places

Look for an [F] on the decimal selectorThe decimal position is not aligned on the

tape when the floating position is used

You must key in the decimal point

Practice Floating DecimalsPractice Floating Decimals Calculate problems 1 through 2

ndash Clear the calculatorndash Set Decimal Selector on F

Donrsquot forget to key in your decimal pointndash Enter 7987 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 465165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 132943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 104456 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 1501264

Calculate problems 3-8 on own (p 15)

Fixed DecimalsFixed Decimals

Use the fixed decimal position when the answer is to be carried out to a specific number of decimal places or when each entry has the same number of decimal places

Set the selector for the number of decimal places required

The decimal point is aligned on the tape when the fixed position is used

Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point

ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375

Calculate problems 11-16 on own

Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents

or when calculating problems with two decimal places

Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when

entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the

tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point

Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal

selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707

Calculate problems 19-24 on own

Learning Task 4Learning Task 4

Subtraction

SubtractionSubtraction

The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend

(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted

from the minuend)

Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own

Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals

ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places

ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals

ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)

ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class

Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a

small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)

When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer

Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red

Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in

parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own

Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature

The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations

The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry

For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places

Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class

Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature

Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number

Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape

Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add

Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class

Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all

answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered

The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key

When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key

Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762

ContCont

Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and

subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]

Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses

ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems

ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease

Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use

before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)

Floating DecimalsFloating DecimalsThe floating position is used when answers

need to be carried out to the maximum places allowed by the calculator (F 0 1 2 3 6)

Mostly used when the entries have a different number of decimal places

Look for an [F] on the decimal selectorThe decimal position is not aligned on the

tape when the floating position is used

You must key in the decimal point

Practice Floating DecimalsPractice Floating Decimals Calculate problems 1 through 2

ndash Clear the calculatorndash Set Decimal Selector on F

Donrsquot forget to key in your decimal pointndash Enter 7987 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 465165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 132943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 104456 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 1501264

Calculate problems 3-8 on own (p 15)

Fixed DecimalsFixed Decimals

Use the fixed decimal position when the answer is to be carried out to a specific number of decimal places or when each entry has the same number of decimal places

Set the selector for the number of decimal places required

The decimal point is aligned on the tape when the fixed position is used

Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point

ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375

Calculate problems 11-16 on own

Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents

or when calculating problems with two decimal places

Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when

entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the

tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point

Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal

selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707

Calculate problems 19-24 on own

Learning Task 4Learning Task 4

Subtraction

SubtractionSubtraction

The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend

(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted

from the minuend)

Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own

Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals

ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places

ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals

ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)

ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class

Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a

small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)

When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer

Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red

Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in

parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own

Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature

The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations

The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry

For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places

Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class

Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature

Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number

Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape

Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add

Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class

Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all

answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered

The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key

When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key

Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762

ContCont

Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and

subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]

Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses

ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems

ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease

Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use

before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)

Practice Floating DecimalsPractice Floating Decimals Calculate problems 1 through 2

ndash Clear the calculatorndash Set Decimal Selector on F

Donrsquot forget to key in your decimal pointndash Enter 7987 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 465165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 132943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 104456 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 1501264

Calculate problems 3-8 on own (p 15)

Fixed DecimalsFixed Decimals

Use the fixed decimal position when the answer is to be carried out to a specific number of decimal places or when each entry has the same number of decimal places

Set the selector for the number of decimal places required

The decimal point is aligned on the tape when the fixed position is used

Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point

ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375

Calculate problems 11-16 on own

Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents

or when calculating problems with two decimal places

Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when

entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the

tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point

Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal

selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707

Calculate problems 19-24 on own

Learning Task 4Learning Task 4

Subtraction

SubtractionSubtraction

The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend

(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted

from the minuend)

Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own

Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals

ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places

ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals

ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)

ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class

Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a

small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)

When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer

Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red

Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in

parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own

Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature

The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations

The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry

For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places

Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class

Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature

Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number

Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape

Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add

Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class

Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all

answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered

The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key

When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key

Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762

ContCont

Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and

subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]

Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses

ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems

ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease

Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use

before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)

Fixed DecimalsFixed Decimals

Use the fixed decimal position when the answer is to be carried out to a specific number of decimal places or when each entry has the same number of decimal places

Set the selector for the number of decimal places required

The decimal point is aligned on the tape when the fixed position is used

Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point

ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375

Calculate problems 11-16 on own

Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents

or when calculating problems with two decimal places

Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when

entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the

tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point

Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal

selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707

Calculate problems 19-24 on own

Learning Task 4Learning Task 4

Subtraction

SubtractionSubtraction

The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend

(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted

from the minuend)

Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own

Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals

ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places

ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals

ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)

ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class

Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a

small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)

When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer

Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red

Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in

parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own

Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature

The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations

The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry

For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places

Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class

Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature

Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number

Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape

Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add

Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class

Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all

answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered

The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key

When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key

Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762

ContCont

Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and

subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]

Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses

ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems

ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease

Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use

before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)

Practice Fixed DecimalsPractice Fixed DecimalsCalculate problems 9 and 10 (p 15)Donrsquot forget to put in your decimal point

ndash Enter 44822 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 28165 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 14789 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 270943 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 41656 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 400375

Calculate problems 11-16 on own

Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents

or when calculating problems with two decimal places

Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when

entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the

tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point

Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal

selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707

Calculate problems 19-24 on own

Learning Task 4Learning Task 4

Subtraction

SubtractionSubtraction

The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend

(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted

from the minuend)

Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own

Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals

ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places

ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals

ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)

ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class

Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a

small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)

When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer

Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red

Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in

parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own

Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature

The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations

The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry

For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places

Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class

Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature

Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number

Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape

Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add

Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class

Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all

answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered

The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key

When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key

Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762

ContCont

Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and

subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]

Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses

ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems

ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease

Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use

before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)

Add Mode FeatureAdd Mode Feature Use when adding or subtracting dollars and cents

or when calculating problems with two decimal places

Set the [A] Selector feature Set Decimal Selector at [2] Enter two zeros for the decimal places when

entering a whole number Decimal point is automatically positioned on the

tape when Add mode is used You do not need to key in the decimal point

Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal

selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707

Calculate problems 19-24 on own

Learning Task 4Learning Task 4

Subtraction

SubtractionSubtraction

The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend

(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted

from the minuend)

Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own

Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals

ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places

ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals

ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)

ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class

Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a

small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)

When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer

Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red

Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in

parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own

Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature

The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations

The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry

For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places

Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class

Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature

Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number

Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape

Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add

Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class

Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all

answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered

The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key

When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key

Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762

ContCont

Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and

subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]

Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses

ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems

ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease

Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use

before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)

Practice Add ModePractice Add ModeCalculate problems 17 and 18 (p 17)Set selector on [A] mode and on decimal

selector [2]ndash Enter 71562 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 29561 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 98256 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 8858 and tap the [+] keyndash Enter 3470 and tap the [+] keyndash Tap the total key []ndash Did you get 211707

Calculate problems 19-24 on own

Learning Task 4Learning Task 4

Subtraction

SubtractionSubtraction

The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend

(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted

from the minuend)

Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own

Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals

ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places

ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals

ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)

ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class

Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a

small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)

When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer

Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red

Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in

parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own

Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature

The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations

The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry

For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places

Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class

Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature

Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number

Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape

Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add

Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class

Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all

answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered

The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key

When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key

Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762

ContCont

Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and

subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]

Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses

ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems

ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease

Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use

before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)

Learning Task 4Learning Task 4

Subtraction

SubtractionSubtraction

The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend

(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted

from the minuend)

Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own

Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals

ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places

ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals

ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)

ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class

Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a

small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)

When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer

Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red

Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in

parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own

Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature

The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations

The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry

For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places

Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class

Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature

Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number

Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape

Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add

Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class

Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all

answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered

The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key

When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key

Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762

ContCont

Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and

subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]

Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses

ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems

ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease

Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use

before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)

SubtractionSubtraction

The process of finding the difference between the minuendminuend

(the top or first number in the problem) and the subtrahendsubtrahend (the number being subtracted

from the minuend)

Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own

Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals

ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places

ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals

ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)

ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class

Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a

small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)

When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer

Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red

Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in

parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own

Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature

The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations

The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry

For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places

Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class

Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature

Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number

Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape

Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add

Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class

Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all

answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered

The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key

When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key

Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762

ContCont

Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and

subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]

Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses

ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems

ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease

Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use

before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)

Practice Subtraction ofPractice Subtraction ofWhole NumbersWhole Numbers

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to 0 Enter 654 (the minuend) and tap the [+] key Enter 123 (the subtrahend) and tap the [-] key Obtain the difference by tapping the [] key Did you get 531 Calculate problems 1 and 2 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 3-10 on own

Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals

ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places

ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals

ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)

ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class

Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a

small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)

When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer

Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red

Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in

parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own

Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature

The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations

The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry

For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places

Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class

Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature

Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number

Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape

Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add

Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class

Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all

answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered

The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key

When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key

Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762

ContCont

Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and

subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]

Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses

ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems

ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease

Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use

before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)

Subtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of DecimalsSubtraction of Fixed Decimals

ndash For Problems 11-18 all entries have two decimal places You can use the Add Mode or set the decimal selector for two decimal places

ndash Calculate problems 11 and 12 (p 19) in classSubtraction of Varying Decimals

ndash For Problems 19-26 set the decimal selector to accommodate the varying number of decimal places (the [F] key)

ndash Calculate problems 19 through 21 in class

Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a

small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)

When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer

Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red

Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in

parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own

Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature

The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations

The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry

For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places

Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class

Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature

Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number

Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape

Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add

Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class

Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all

answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered

The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key

When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key

Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762

ContCont

Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and

subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]

Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses

ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems

ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease

Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use

before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)

Credit BalancesCredit BalancesWhen a larger number is subtracted from a

small number the difference is a credit balance (negative number)

When you record an answer that is a credit balance place parentheses around the answer

Credit balances are indicated on the display by a lighted minus sign and on the tape by being printed in red

Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in

parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own

Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature

The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations

The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry

For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places

Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class

Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature

Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number

Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape

Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add

Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class

Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all

answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered

The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key

When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key

Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762

ContCont

Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and

subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]

Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses

ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems

ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease

Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use

before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)

Practice Credit BalancesPractice Credit Balances

Clear the calculator Set decimal selector to F Enter 6512 and tap the [+] key Enter 7938 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get (1426) Donrsquot forget to put total in

parentheses Calculate problems 27 and 28 (p 19) in class Calculate problems 29-36 on own

Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature

The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations

The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry

For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places

Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class

Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature

Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number

Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape

Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add

Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class

Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all

answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered

The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key

When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key

Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762

ContCont

Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and

subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]

Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses

ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems

ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease

Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use

before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)

Subtotal FeatureSubtotal Feature

The subtotal key will print a total or running balance allowing you to continue with additional calculations

The subtotal key is indicated by a diamond [] Display models automatically show the subtotal after each entry

For Problems 37-46 use the Add Mode and set the Decimal Selector for two decimal places

Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class

Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature

Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number

Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape

Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add

Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class

Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all

answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered

The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key

When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key

Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762

ContCont

Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and

subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]

Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses

ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems

ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease

Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use

before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)

Practice SubtotalsPractice Subtotals Clear the calculator Enter 3180 and tap the [+] key Enter 4400 and tap the [+] key Enter 1762 and tap the [-] key Enter 6018 and tap the [+] key Tap the subtotal key [] Enter 2339 and tap the [+] key Enter 5075 and tap the [-] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 9100 Calculate problems 38 and 39 (p 21) in class

Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature

Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number

Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape

Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add

Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class

Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all

answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered

The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key

When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key

Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762

ContCont

Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and

subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]

Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses

ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems

ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease

Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use

before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)

Non-Add FeatureNon-Add Feature

Non-add function allows you to print numbers without performing any mathematical operations Calculations can be labeled for reference purposes with numbers such as social security number a date or an invoice number

Strike the Non-add Key [] after keying in the number to print a numberdateSS on the tape

Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add

Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class

Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all

answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered

The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key

When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key

Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762

ContCont

Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and

subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]

Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses

ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems

ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease

Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use

before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)

Practice Non-AddPractice Non-Add

Enter 42203 and tap the Non-add key [] Enter 4434717 and tap the [+] key Enter 256890 and tap the [-] key Enter 1374025 and tap the [-] key Enter 25968 and tap the [+] key Enter 1225940 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Did you get 4055710 Calculate problems 47 and 48 (p 21) in class

Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all

answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered

The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key

When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key

Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762

ContCont

Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and

subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]

Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses

ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems

ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease

Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use

before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)

Memory FeatureMemory Feature The accumulator will obtain a grand total of all

answers while memory will only accumulate what is manually entered

The total can be recalled repeatedly allowing it to then be reused at anytime The recalled amount may be added to subtracted from multiplied or dividedndash Memory Plus Key Look for a [M+] keyndash Memory Minus Key Look for a [M-] keyndash Memory Subtotal Recall Key Look for [lozM] keyndash Memory Total Clear Key Look for [M] key

When calculating sum or difference tap [] total key before striking [M+] or [M-] key

Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762

ContCont

Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and

subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]

Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses

ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems

ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease

Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use

before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)

Practice Memory FunctionPractice Memory Function Enter 915735 and tap the [+] key Enter 2756890 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Enter 5146830 and tap the [+] key Enter 826307 and tap the [+] key Tap the total key [] Tap the Memory Plus Key [M+] Tap the Memory Total Key [M] Did you get 9645762

ContCont

Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and

subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]

Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses

ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems

ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease

Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use

before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)

ContCont

Calculate problems 50-52 (p 21) in classAdd the total of 50 to memory [M+] and

subtract the total of 51 [M-] For 52 obtain the difference from memory by striking [lozM]

Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses

ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems

ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease

Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use

before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)

Task ApplicationsTask Applications Problems 53-56 Monitoring Expenses

ndash Determine which memory features you should use before calculating the problems

ndash For 55 tell the difference For 56 put if difference is an increase or decrease

Problems 57-60 Maintaining and Verifying a Checkbook Balance Calculate on ownndash Determine which memory features you should use

before calculating the problemsndash For 57 calculate ending balancendash For 58 calculate beginning balance plus depositsndash For 59 calculate total of checksndash For 60 calculate verification of ending balance (58 [-] 59)